Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Stepan Company / FY2014 Annual Report

Stepan Company
Annual Report 2014

SCL · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker SCL
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 2396
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Stepan Company
Loading PDF…
2014 Annual Report

BUILDING AN 
INTEGRATED ENERGY
SERVICES LEADER

SHAWCOR’S MISSION

To be the market leader and technology innovator with a primary focus 
on the global pipeline industry and to use this base as a platform to build 
an international energy services company while achieving ShawCor’s 
performance objectives.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Year ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

 2014  

2013

Operating Results
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA(a) 
Income from operations  
Net income(b)  
Earnings per share – basic  
Earnings per share – diluted  

Cash Flow
Cash provided by operating activities  

Financial Position
Working capital  
Total assets  
Equity per share  

$   1,890,029 

$ 

1,847,549

336,701 

148,676 

94,861  

1.55 

1.53 

$  

$  

$  

391,223

323,457

219,862

3.55

3.51

$  

$  

$  

$  

187,985  

$  

32,264

$  

378,733 

$  

267,489

$   1,939,970  

$   1,651,928

$  

15.20 

$  

10.98

(a)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure calculated by adding back to net income the sum of net fi nance costs, income taxes, 
amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets, gains/losses from assets held for sale, gain on sale of land, 
impairment of assets and joint ventures and non-controlling interest. EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning prescribed 
by GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. EBITDA is used by many analysts 
in the oil and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools.

(b) Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   SHAWCOR 2014 REVENUE 
IN EXCESS OF

   LEADING MARKET POSITIONS 
IN AVAILABLE MARKET 

  PLATFORM OF FIVE FOCUSED 
  BUSINESSES, EACH

›$1.8B

›$30B

›$100M

  All above amounts in Canadian dollars.

CORPORATE PROFILE

ShawCor Ltd. is a global energy services company specializing in technology based products 
and services for the pipeline and pipe services and the petrochemical and industrial markets. 
The Company operates nine business units with more than 105 manufacturing and service facilities 
employing over 8,000 people around the world.

On the Cover: Newly acquired Desert NDT is a leader in non-destructive testing and integrity management services.
Opposite: A Shaw Pipeline Services Automated Ultrasonic Testing process in action on the EMAS spool base in Ingleside, Texas.

47  

IFC  

21  
22  

 Financial and 
Operating Highlights
2   Message to Shareholders
ShawCor At-a-Glance
4  
Fundamental Strengths
6  
 Building an Integrated 
9  
Energy Services Leader
 Financial Review
 Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis
 Management’s Responsibility 
for Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
 Consolidated Financial 
Statements
 Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements
 Six-year Review and 
Quarterly Information
 ShawCor Directors
 Corporate Governance
 Primary Operating Locations 

91 
92 
93 
94   Corporate Information

48  
49  

54  

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
BUILDING AN 
INTEGRATED ENERGY
SERVICES LEADER

Over the past 45 years, ShawCor has evolved into the world’s largest provider 
of advanced pipeline coating systems, with a growing range of complementary 
energy services companies. Today we are focused on tapping the shared 
potential of these businesses as never before. This annual report sets out 
our plans for building an integrated energy services leader. 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

1

 
 
MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

STRONG
FOUNDATIONS

The fi ve growth platforms we are building provide the foundation to transform ShawCor 
into a truly integrated energy services leader and hold the potential to double ShawCor’s 
revenue over the next decade. The markets we are targeting represent an estimated 
$30 billion in business opportunities and we believe that ShawCor is uniquely positioned 
to take advantage of them. 

As the events of the past year have demonstrated, the 
global energy industry is still highly cyclical, with exploration 
and production activity highly correlated to the price of 
oil and gas. In 2014, WTI and Brent Crude prices declined 
approximately 44% and 49% respectively, and natural gas 
prices decreased by about 26%. As a result, many energy 
producers had begun to reduce planned capital expenditures 
by the end of last year. 

Within this environment, ShawCor posted strong fi nancial 
performance in 2014. Revenue reached a record $1.89 billion 
as top line growth in several of our divisions and the 
mid-year acquisition of Desert NDT off set lower large pipe 
coating project activity following completion of the Inpex 
Ichthys project early in the year. Adjusted EBITDA continued 
at a strong level of $337 million, down 14% from the record 
2013 level, refl ecting lower average margins compared 
to 2013. Net earnings per share (diluted), however, fell 
56.4% to $1.53, impacted by after tax impairment charges 
of approximately $99 million relating primarily to the 
goodwill and intangible assets of pipe coating facilities in 
Brazil and the Gulf of Mexico and the carrying value of 
Socotherm’s 50% joint venture interest in Venezuela, plus 
the issuance of approximately 4.2 million shares pursuant 
to the Company’s public share off ering in the fall of 2014. 

In 2015, ShawCor will certainly be impacted by the current 
downturn in the energy sector, particularly in the Company’s 
North American businesses that are directly associated 
with upstream well construction and completion activity. 
Representing approximately 25% of the Company’s revenue, 
these businesses will see a reduction in activity as the 
number of wells drilled and completed declines in 2015. 
The remaining 75% of ShawCor’s revenue is not directly 

linked to the fl uctuations in commodity prices. Most of 
this revenue is derived from customer expenditures on 
long-term energy infrastructure, much of which is related 
to natural gas transportation. These projects take years to 
develop and are based on both long-term commodity price 
assumptions and fundamental gaps between sources of 
supply and areas of energy demand growth. The Company’s 
expectations for strong large project activity in 2015 are 
supported by the current booked order backlog, which 
stood at $766 million as of the start of the year. Beyond 
2015, the combination of demand growth, projected to be 
37% between now and 2040, and increasing depletion rates 
for existing sources of oil and gas are expected to create 
attractive long-term fundamentals for our business and 
support continued growth. 

ShawCor’s success has always come from focusing on long-
term fundamentals and continuously building upon our core 
strengths. These strengths include a global reach from a 
network of permanent locations in 18 countries and seven 
rapidly deployable mobile plants. We also enjoy the benefi t 
of strong customer relationships and brand recognition 
with virtually all of the leading global energy players. 
Our reputation for excellence is based on a long track 
record of successful project execution and an unwavering 
commitment to quality and continuous improvement. 

Also supporting ShawCor’s success is a strong foundation 
of technological leadership and innovation. Today, we 
hold more than 280 issued patents covering 57 unique 
technologies with another 164 patents pending. The 
Company’s advanced technologies are built from core 
competencies in material science and related disciplines 
and have allowed us to consistently deliver cost reduction, 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

2

 
STRONG LEADERSHIP

(from left to right): 
Gary Love, Chief 
Financial Offi  cer and 
Vice President Finance; 
Steve Orr, Chief Executive 
Offi  cer; and John Tikkanen, 
Executive Vice President, 
Strategic Planning.

improved reliability and enhanced return on 
investment to our customers.

When we consider these core strengths in the 
context of today’s evolving energy industry, 
we are encouraged by three trends that bode 
well for the future. Chief among them is the 
increasing role that shale and deepwater 
resources will play in replacing the depletion 
of conventional land production. At the same 
time, the world’s aging pipeline infrastructure 
is creating a growing market for integrity and 
rehabilitation services. Finally, the geographic 
gap between where energy is sourced and the 
growing economies that need it will require 
investments in extensive new pipeline and 
LNG infrastructure. 

Against this backdrop, ShawCor is building 
a global integrated energy services leader 
based on fi ve platforms for growth – Pipeline 
Performance, Composite Production Systems, 
Integrity Management, Oilfi eld Asset 
Management and Connectivity. Each of these 
platforms directly refl ects the evolution of the 
energy industry and draws upon the collective 
resources of our nine business divisions. 
While each division enjoys solid growth 
prospects within its respective market, we are 
determined to harness their shared potential 
by linking many of the discrete products and 
services they deliver into complete value-
added systems and solutions that address the

major industry challenges within each of our 
fi ve targeted growth platforms. By doing this, 
we will also be increasing the proportion of 
total revenues tied to our customers’ ongoing 
operating expenditures and thus mitigating 
some of the fl uctuation in our results over 
time. You can learn more about our plans on 
pages 10 to 18 of this report.

During the year ahead, our focus will remain 
on four key priorities designed to deliver 
strong performance to our shareholders. 
First, we will sustain our leadership in the 
pipe coating business by leveraging our 
industry-leading technology, customer 
relationships, and reputation for quality 
and performance, to capture a major share 
of upcoming major pipe coating projects. 
Second, as we have done in Pozzallo, Italy, 
we will bring all Socotherm pipe coating 
facilities up to standard by completing our 
profi t improvement program. Third, we will 
continue to develop the technology required 
to extend our leadership in discrete products 
and services and to integrate them into 
complete systems that meet our customers’ 
major challenges. Finally, we will continue to 
expand the products and services we deliver 
to the global pipeline industry by targeting 
acquisitions that provide access to technology 
enabling blocks, facilitate geographic and/or 
portfolio expansion, or furnish the foundation 
needed for new platforms. 

Meanwhile, our long-term goals will not 
change. These include a commitment to 
maintaining a return on invested capital of 
15% and earnings per share growth of 15% 
per year over the full business cycle, with 
consistent and proportionate growth in our 
dividend. To ensure stability throughout the 
cycle, we are committed to maintaining a 
strong balance sheet with net debt to capital 
and EBITDA of less than 45% and 1.5 times, 
respectively. Fundamental to achieving 
these goals, and refl ecting our commitment 
to act with integrity in everything we do, is 
ShawCor’s unwavering focus on the health 
and safety of our people.

In closing, I would like to extend my 
appreciation to the many employees, business 
partners, customers, and communities who 
have contributed to ShawCor’s growth 
success. I would also like to thank former CEO 
Bill Buckley and the rest of the Board for their 
advice and guidance during what has been 
another challenging and successful year for 
ShawCor. With your continued support, we 
look forward to reporting on our progress.

STEVE ORR
Chief Executive Offi  cer

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

3

 
 
SHAWCOR AT-A-GLANCE

INDUSTRY
LEADERSHIP

ShawCor is the world’s largest provider of advanced pipeline coating systems and related 
energy services. An unrivalled network of 105 global locations in 20 countries places us in 
the heart of every important energy-producing region and at the forefront of the fastest-
growing segments in the industry.

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES

Bredero Shaw/
Socotherm

Canusa-CPS

Flexpipe Systems

Shaw Pipeline Services

BUSINESS 
DESCRIPTION

The global leaders in 
pipe coating solutions 
for corrosion protection, 
fl ow assurance, thermal 
insulation, fi eld joints, 
custom coating and 
concrete weight coating 
applications for onshore 
and off shore pipelines.

The market leader in fi eld 
applied pipeline coatings 
and insulation systems 
for onshore and off shore 
corrosion, mechanical 
and thermal protection 
applications in the 
global oil, gas, water, and 
insulated pipeline markets.

Leading manufacturer 
of fl exible composite 
pipe systems used for 
oil and gas gathering, 
water transportation, 
CO₂ injection and other 
corrosive applications that 
benefi t from the product’s 
pressure and corrosion 
resistance capabilities.

A leader in specialized 
NDT inspection with a 
primary focus on both the 
upstream and downstream 
oil and gas industry where 
the division is the premier 
global provider of girth 
weld inspection services 
for land and off shore 
pipelines.

KEY CUSTOMER 
SEGMENTS

•  Pipeline owners
•  Oil and gas producers
•  EPC contractors
•   Pipe mills and 
distributors

•  Pipeline owners
•  Oil and gas producers
•  Pipeline contractors
•   District heating and 
cooling systems

•   Water and 

wastewater pipeline

•  Oil and gas producers
•  Pipeline owners
•  Gas distributors

•  Lay barge operators
•  Spool bases
•   Pipeline owners and 

contractors

HIGH GROWTH 
MARKETS

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore/Oil Sands
•  LNG/Enhanced Recovery
•   Rehabilitation/
Shale Plays

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore/Oil Sands
•  LNG/Enhanced Recovery
•   Potable Water/
District Heating

•  Oil and Gas Gathering
•  Enhanced Recovery
•  CO₂ Injection
•  Water Transportation

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore
•  Ultrasonic Inspection
•  Real Time Radiography

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

4

 
• Coating Facility
• Portable Coating Plant
• Other Operating Facility

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

2014 KEY HIGHLIGHTS

Desert NDT

Guardian

DSG-Canusa

ShawFlex

Leading US provider of 
inspection and integrity 
services for gathering 
lines and midstream 
infrastructure. Services 
to ensure safe operations 
extend the entire 
asset lifecycle. Data 
management allows clients 
to confi dently affi  rm the 
safety and compliance of 
their systems.

•  Oil and gas producers
•  Pipeline owners
•  Pipeline contractors

Leading North American 
provider of a complete 
range of tubular 
management solutions 
including integrated 
inspection, threading, 
refurbishment and 
inventory management.

•  Drilling contractors
•  Oil and gas producers
•   Tubular rental 
companies

•  Onshore / shale
•  Oil and gas gathering

•   OCTG Manufacturers 

and Suppliers
•  Onshore/Shale
•  Off shore Oil and Gas
•   Onshore/Oil Sands (SAGD)

World-class manufacturer 
of specialty wire and cable 
products for use in 
severe service industrial 
environments.

Leading global 
manufacturer of heat 
shrinkable tubing, sleeves 
and moulded products 
as well as heat shrink 
accessories and equipment 
with a manufacturing 
presence in three key 
markets: Americas, Europe 
and Asia/Pacifi c. 

•  Automotive
•  Electrical/Utility
•  Communications
•   Aerospace/Defence/

Mass Transit

•  Industrial

•  Automotive
•  Communications
•   Aerospace/Defence/

Mass Transit

•  Petrochemical
•  Power generation
•  Pulp and paper
•  Mining
•  Automation

•   Petrochemical/Power 
Generation/Nuclear
•   Control & Automation/

Robotics

•  Light Rail/Rapid Transit

105+

  GLOBAL LOCATIONS

9

  MOBILE COATING 
PLANTS 

›8,000

 EMPLOYEES WORLDWIDE

20

  COUNTRIES ACROSS 
THE WORLD

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

5

 
 
FUNDAMENTAL STRENGTHS

STRONG 
LONG-TERM 
FUNDAMENTALS

Despite recent volatility in energy prices and slower economic growth in most of 
the developed world, ShawCor’s prospects are supported by the strong, long-term 
fundamentals. Between now and 2040, the world’s primary energy demand is expected 
to grow by up to 2.0% per year, led by the fast-growing economies of Asia Pacifi c and 
other developing regions. Meanwhile, the depletion rate for existing hydrocarbon 
reserves is running between 6.0% and 7.5% per year. 

To bridge this gap, the world’s leading energy producers 
are exploring and developing new energy deposits in 
increasingly remote and challenging environments. From 
the high Arctic to the deep oceans, to the shale plays and 
oil sands, the growth frontiers of oil and gas production are 
driving the need for new pipeline investment and innovative 
technological solutions. 

What’s more, the cost of fi nding and developing new 
hydrocarbon deposits is steadily increasing. During the 
10-year period from 1995 to 2004, global capital 
expenditures on the development of new oil and gas 
resources exceeded US$2 trillion and resulted in a net 
increase in oil production of about 12 million barrels per 
day. Over the six-year period from 2005 to 2010, the 
energy industry invested about the same amount of capital 
without a corresponding increase in production. This trend 
is expected to keep driving the demand for advanced 
technological solutions that reduce risk and minimize 
recovery costs. 

ADDITIONAL 
INFORMATION

You can learn more 
about the market 
dynamics of the 
global energy 
industry, including 
detailed projections of 
supply and demand, 
by visiting the U.S. 
Energy Information 
Administration at: 
www.eia.gov

Meanwhile, expenditures on the maintenance and 
rehabilitation of existing land pipelines are expected to 
grow substantially. More than 60% of the North American 
pipeline infrastructure is older than 20 years, and 50% 
of all pipelines are approaching their original design life 
expectancy. Increasing public awareness and tightening 
government regulation will continue to drive growth in 
expenditures on the inspection, repair and replacement of 
aging infrastructure. 

For all of these reasons, global spending on energy 
infrastructure is expected to remain strong in the decades 
ahead. As the world’s market and technological leader in 
advanced pipeline coating systems and a diversifi ed 
energy services company active in all of the industry’s 
high-growth segments, ShawCor will continue to benefi t 
from these trends. 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

6

 
FOUR KEY OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHAWCOR

Growth in 
Unconventionals

Growth in 
Deepwater Reserves

Transportation for Mismatch 
of Supply – Demand

Aging Infrastructure and 
Increasing Public Scrutiny

•   Large regional plays (i.e. Bakken, 

Eagle Ford, Vaca Muerta)
•   Factory approach to achieve 

•  Technical extremes
•   Component and system reliability
•  Execution critical

economics

•   Operational continuity 

•   Gas mobility through pipeline 

and eff ectiveness

and LNG

•   Recurring revenues from 

•   Production infrastructure to 

pipeline operating expenditures

feed exports

1

GLOBAL ENERGY DEMAND 
BY REGION
(millions of tonnes of oil equivalent)

2

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

15,000

Non-OECD

10,000

OECD

5,000

0

GLOBAL ENERGY DEMAND 
BY FUEL
(millions of tonnes of oil equivalent)

Other renewables

Bioenergy
Hydro
Nuclear

Gas

Oil

Coal

1990

2000

2010

2020

2030

2035

1990

2011

2020

2025

2030

2035

Energy demand is expected to increase more than one third 
between 2011 and 2035, driven by strong growth in the world’s 
emerging economies. 
(Source: IEA)

While oil demand rises by 0.5% between 2011 and 2035, demand 
for natural gas rises at a compound average annual growth rate of 
1.6% per year, an increase of 50% during the period. 
(Source: IEA)

3

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

CHALLENGE TO MEET 
GLOBAL DEMAND
(quadrillion BTU)

Existing 
Natural Gas 
Supply

Existing 
Oil Supply

Natural Gas 
for Demand 
Growth
Oil for Demand 
Growth

Natural Gas 
to Replace
Depletion

Oil to Replace
Depletion

4

AGING GLOBAL PIPELINE 
INFRASTRUCTURE
(%)

OUTER CIRCLE
International
p 23%  Less than 11 years
p 31%  11–20 years
p 46%  More than 21 years

INNER CIRCLE
North America
p 19%  Less than 11 years
p 19%  11–20 years
p 62%  More than 21 years

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

Rising global energy demand and increasing depletion rates 
require new sources of oil and gas including: deepwater, shale 
plays, frontier gas, LNG and oil sands. 
(Source: EIA, IEA)

Aging pipeline systems are creating growing demand for pipeline 
rehabilitation products and services. 
(Source: Douglas-Westwood)

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

7

 
 
S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

8

 
BUILDING AN 
INTEGRATED ENERGY
SERVICES LEADER

ShawCor is the world’s largest provider of advanced pipeline coating systems and 
a leading provider of related energy services. Today, we are working to harness the 
shared potential of our businesses by systematically linking their market-leading 
products and services into fully integrated customer solutions that address the energy 
industry’s most important challenges. Over the next few years we are determined to 
create a global, integrated energy services company built on fi ve platforms of growth – 
Pipeline Performance, Composite Production Systems, Integrity Management, Oilfi eld 
Asset Management and Connectivity. 

INSIDE THIS SECTION

1

2

3

4

5

10   Pipeline 

Performance

12   Composite 
Production 
Systems

14   Integrity 

Management

16   Oilfi eld Asset 
Management

18  Connectivity

BUILDING AN INTEGRATED ENERGY SERVICES LEADER

PIPELINE
PERFORMANCE

▶  ShawCor is the industry 

leader in advanced 
pipeline coating 
systems for extreme 
environments. Here, 
fi nished pipeline will 
be fed into the ocean 
depths through a lay 
barge stringer.

Through our Bredero Shaw, Canusa CPS and Socotherm 
divisions, ShawCor is the industry’s leading provider of 
advanced pipeline coatings, with a network of 43 state-
of-the art facilities worldwide. Today we are leveraging 
this dominant position to create innovative solutions 
that extend the life, and expand the operating envelope, 
of our customers’ critical pipeline assets.

While pipeline coating systems typically represent less than fi ve percent of the 
total installed cost of major infrastructure projects, they are critical to ensuring 
the uninterrupted operation of these multi-billion dollar assets. Our advanced 
coatings ensure that pipelines can be operated at the optimal fl ow rate over the 
maximum period for which they are designed. By developing next generation 
anti-corrosion coatings such as High Performance Powder Coating (HPPC) and 
Sure-bondTM, we are creating solutions that reduce risk, meet the increasingly 
stringent demands of regulators for pipeline integrity, and enhance the reliability, 
working life and economic return of operators’ pipeline assets. Adding value 
through coatings and bundling the system with advanced integrity management 
services further distinguishes ShawCor as a trusted, full-service solutions provider 
and strengthens our leadership in the development of advanced pipeline 
coating systems. 

We are also advancing our eff orts to gain market share by expanding the 
operating capability of pipelines through the development of new fl ow assurance 
technologies. As energy producers move into increasingly extreme environments 
to replace conventional reserves, ShawCor has been answering the need for a 
new generation of high-performance thermal coating systems. Over the past few 
years, we have continuously pushed the boundaries of high-temperature resistant 
insulation coatings that are critical to the exploitation of deep and ultra-deep 
marine hydrocarbon reservoirs.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

10

 
A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

11

 
 
BUILDING AN INTEGRATED ENERGY SERVICES LEADER

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

12

 
▶  FlexPipe System’s 
advanced polymer-
based pipe product 
line continues to 
expand owing to faster 
installation time and 
lower cost of ownership 
than traditional steel 
pipe systems.

COMPOSITE
PRODUCTION
SYSTEMS

The second of ShawCor’s fi ve growth platforms, Composite 
Production Systems, represents one of the most promising 
segments in the energy services industry. Advanced 
polymer-based pipe, fi ttings and associated components 
continue to displace steel pipeline systems and ShawCor’s 
fastest growing division, Flexpipe Systems, is at the 
forefront of this trend. 

Flexpipe Systems is a leading manufacturer of fl exible composite pipe systems 
used for oil and gas gathering, water transportation, CO2 injection and other 
applications that require advanced pressure and corrosion resistance capabilities.

Compared to conventional steel pipes, fl exible composites are much easier to 
install and maintain. This translates into accelerated production and reduced cost 
of ownership for the pipeline owner and makes the industry’s shift from steel 
to fl exible composite pipe inevitable. ShawCor is ideally positioned to lead this 
transition given our global distribution network, extensive industry relationships 
and technological leadership in advanced pipeline materials. Today, Flexpipe 
continues to expand the potential size of its addressable composite market 
through new product development. 

So far, Flexpipe’s participation in the composite revolution has been limited 
to small diameter spoolable pipe. Over the past year, however, Flexpipe has 
advanced the product testing and manufacturing process for a new family of 
proprietary discrete length larger diameter composite pipe. Several full-scale 
fi eld trials with leading customers were successfully completed during 2014 and 
full commercialization will take place later this year. Initially, this product will 
be available in 6-inch and 8-inch diameters, both with 750 and 1500psi pressure 
ratings and a service life of 20 years. By gradually expanding its sights to other 
geographic regions and extending the product line to include up to 12-inch 
diameter pipe, Flexpipe intends to secure a leading position in a global market 
that will grow to reach $10 billion in annual sales.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

13

 
 
BUILDING AN INTEGRATED ENERGY SERVICES LEADER

INTEGRITY 
MANAGEMENT

There are an estimated 2.5 million miles of energy pipelines 
in North America, 60% of which are more than 20 years old. 
ShawCor is executing a strategy to deliver the inspection, 
maintenance and rehabilitation services required for these 
aging systems and lead industry eff orts to improve the 
quality and reliability of new pipeline installations.

Shaw Pipeline Services is a leading global provider of girth weld inspection 
services for land and off shore pipelines and a leader in non-destructive testing 
(NDT) through the development of proprietary real-time radiography (RTR) and 
ultrasonic inspection technologies. Its prospects will continue to be supported 
by aging North American pipelines and increasing public and regulatory scrutiny 
of both old and new installations.

To expand our presence in this $3 billion market, in 2014, ShawCor acquired 
Desert NDT – a leading U.S. provider of NDT, integrity management and 
inspection services for gathering pipelines and midstream infrastructure. 
Desert NDT has given ShawCor an immediate presence in major U.S. oil and 
gas basins and provided a critical source of skilled NDT technicians to deploy 
the Company’s advanced RTR and ultrasonic inspection technologies.

Looking ahead, we are already working on what customers will ultimately want 
– continuous, system-wide monitoring and high resolution leak detection that 
doesn’t require shutting down or reducing the operation of the pipeline. To get 
there, we are leveraging our resources through multi-disciplinary technology 
communities that draw on technical and business expertise from all divisions, 
and results-focused research agreements with leading universities. We have also 
partnered with industry innovators to develop remote data monitoring through 
Zedi Inc. and asset tracking technology through Vintri Technologies. In 2015, 
we expect to fi eld trial solutions that incorporate electronic sensor technology 
to continuously report pipeline integrity data to operators, with the goal of 
identifying potential leaks before they occur.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

14

▶  The acquisition of Desert 
NDT has enhanced the 
geographic presence and 
technological leadership 
in advanced RTR and 
ultrasonic inspection.

 
A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

15

 
 
BUILDING AN INTEGRATED ENERGY SERVICES LEADER

▶  Guardian’s Mobile 

EMI desk allows for 
real-time magnetic 
analysis of tubular 
products in the fi eld.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

16

 
OILFIELD 
ASSET 
MANAGEMENT

4

The advent of horizontal drilling and completion technologies 
has opened up the huge potential of unconventional shale oil 
and gas production. With these technologies has come the 
need for a factory approach to energy production where the 
oilfi eld operator’s return on investment depends on sustaining 
peak operating performance and high rates of asset utilization. 

ShawCor is readily positioned to meet this challenge. Our Guardian division is an 
industry leader in oilfi eld tubular management, with a focus on production tubing, 
casing and drill pipe. As an integrated oilfi eld asset company, Guardian off ers a 
wide range of services including: in-plant and mobile inspection, refurbishment, 
machining, manufacturing and web-based inventory systems. 

Guardian helps its customers operate at peak effi  ciency by: minimizing customer 
equipment costs and downhole failures during drilling operations and well 
production; providing high-quality (ISO 9001:2008 Certifi ed) in-plant and 
mobile service and faster turnaround time; and maximizing inventory turnover 
with advanced web-based systems that allow customers to track the location, 
condition and history of their tubular assets. In 2015, this tracking capability will 
be expanded to provide fi eld deployed real-time inventory access. 

The Company has a strong presence in key oilfi eld markets throughout North 
America, yet our share of this highly fragmented market is approximately 5%. 
With ShawCor’s well-established management system for drill pipe, and our 
strong market position in Canada, we see abundant potential to grow our oilfi eld 
management business in the U.S. and Mexico and to add new categories, such 
as the high pressure tubulars used in the “fracing” process (frac and fl ow iron) 
to our one-stop branch service model.

As in our other growth platforms, we will acquire, integrate and generate 
synergies from complementary companies that add important technology, expand 
our geographic footprint and improve our capacity to deliver timely, value-added 
product and service solutions to our customers.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

17

 
 
BUILDING AN INTEGRATED ENERGY SERVICES LEADER

CONNECTIVITY

5

Energy producers recognize the need for improved control 
and instrumentation to reduce installation time, eliminate 
complexity, increase oil and gas recovery and generally 
enhance the reliability and effi  ciency of their operations. 
ShawCor is ready to earn a growing share of the oilfi eld 
connectivity market by leveraging the strengths of our 
Petrochemical and Industrial divisions. 

As oilfi eld operations become increasingly complex, more advanced devices 
are needed ‘downhole’ to control the activities associated with completions 
and enhanced reservoir recovery. These devices are controlled from the surface 
but the connection in between is often the weakest link in oilfi eld operations. 
Producers know that better connectivity leads to gains in recovery rates, lower 
operating costs, earlier production and improved system reliability. 

ShawCor has the foundation required to serve this growing market through its two 
well-established Petrochemical and Industrial divisions. DSG-Canusa is a leading 
global manufacturer of heat shrink products, accessories and equipment that 
insulate, protect and environmentally seal critical control systems in a variety 
of electrical, electronic and mechanical applications. ShawFlex is a world-class 
manufacturer of instrumentation, thermocouple, control, power, marine and robotics 
cables. Their products are used primarily in the petrochemical, power generation, 
pulp and paper, primary metals, automation, robotics and automotive industries.

These businesses have a long track record of providing sealed specialty-cable 
solutions for harsh operating environments to a wide range of customers around 
the world, including a few energy companies. However, there is much more we 
can do to extend the industry-leading technologies of our Petrochemical and 
Industrial divisions to the oilfi eld. For example, by adding recognized oilfi eld 
brands to established sales channels in both the Pipeline and Pipe Services and 
Petrochemical and Industrial segments of our business, we stand to capitalize on 
an opportunity to provide complete connectivity solutions in a highly fragmented 
market that is conservatively estimated to exceed $10 billion per year.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

18

▶ DSG-Canusa’s 

investments in world-
class facilities have 
strengthened the 
division’s technological 
leadership and customer 
service capabilities.

 
A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

19

 
 
S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

20

 
FINANCIAL
REVIEW

INSIDE THIS SECTION

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

22

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements 

Independent Auditors’ Report 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Six-Year Review 

Quarterly Information 

ShawCor Directors 

Corporate Governance 

Primary Operating Locations 

Corporate Information 

1.0 
1.1 
1.2 
1.3 
1.4 
1.5 

2.0 
2.1 
2.2 

Executive Overview 
Core Businesses  
Vision and Objectives 
Key Performance Drivers 
Key Performance Indicators 
Capability to Deliver Results 

Financial Highlights 
 Selected Annual Financial Information 
Foreign Exchange Impact 

3.0 

 Business Developments for the Period 

4.0 
4.1 
4.2 

Results from Operations 
Consolidated Information 
Segment Information 

Liquidity and Capitalization 
 Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
Cash Used in Investing Activities 
Cash Used in Financing Activities 
 Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures 
 Contingencies and Off  Balance Sheet Arrangements 
Long-Term Debt 
 Financial Instruments and Other Instruments 

5.0 
5.1 
5.2 
5.3 
5.4 
5.5 
5.6 
5.7 
5.8  Outstanding Share Capital 

6.0 
6.1 

7.0 

8.0 

8.1 
8.2 
8.3 

 Quarterly Selected Financial Information 
Fourth Quarter Highlights 

 Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls over 
Financial Reporting 

 Critical Accounting Estimates and Accounting 
Policy Developments 
Critical Accounting Estimates 
 Accounting Standards Issued but not yet Applied 
 New Accounting Standards Adopted  

9.0  Outlook 

10.0  Risks and Uncertainties 
10.1  Economic Risks 
10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks 
10.3  HSE Risks 
10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks 

11.0  Environmental Matters 

12.0 

 Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures 

13.0  Forward-Looking Information 

14.0  Additional Information 

22
22
23
23
23
24

25
25
26

26

28
28
29

31
31
31
31
31
32
32
33
33

36
36

38

38
38
39
39

39

41
41
42
42
43

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

90

90

91

92

93

94

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

MANAGEMENT’S 
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”), is a discussion of the consolidated fi nancial position and results of operations of ShawCor Ltd. 
(“ShawCor” or “the Company”) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and should be read together with ShawCor’s audited consolidated fi nancial 
statements and accompanying notes for the same periods. All dollar amounts in this MD&A are in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts or 
unless otherwise stated.

This MD&A and the audited consolidated fi nancial statements and comparative information have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which are also Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) 
for publicly accountable enterprises in Canada. This MD&A contains forward looking information and reference should be made to section 13 hereof.

1.0  EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

ShawCor is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segments of the energy industry. With the completion of the Desert 
NDT acquisition on July 8, 2014, the Company now operates nine 
divisions with over ninety manufacturing, sales and service facilities 
located around the world. The Company is publicly-traded on the 
Toronto Stock Exchange. 

1.1  Core Businesses 
ShawCor provides a broad range of products and services, which 
include high quality pipe coating services, fl exible composite pipe, 
onshore and off shore pipeline corrosion and thermal protection, 
state-of-the-art ultrasonic and radiographic inspection services, 
tubular management services, heat-shrinkable polymer tubing, and 
control, and instrumentation wire and cable.

The Company and its predecessors have designed, engineered, 
marketed and sold these products and services worldwide for over 
50 years. ShawCor has made substantial investments in research 
and development initiatives and earned strong customer loyalty based 
on a history of project execution success. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive international business 
environment with its success attributed to its strategic global locations, 
its extensive portfolio of proprietary technologies and its commitment 
to the use of industry-leading business processes and programs. 
ShawCor is the world’s largest applicator of pipeline coatings for 
the oil and gas industry for both onshore and off shore pipelines.

The primary driver of demand for the Company’s products and services 
is the level of energy industry investment in pipeline infrastructure for 
hydrocarbon development and transportation around the globe. This 
investment, in turn, is driven by global levels of economic activity and 
the resulting growth in hydrocarbon demand, the impact of resource 
depletion on the supply of hydrocarbons and the fi nancial position of the 
major energy companies. The relationship between global hydrocarbon 
demand and supply and the level of energy industry investment in 
infrastructure tends to be cyclical.

As at December 31, 2014, the Company operated its nine divisions 
through two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services; 
and Petrochemical and Industrial.

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment is the largest segment of the 
Company and accounted for 91% of consolidated revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2014. This segment includes the Bredero Shaw, 
Canusa-CPS, Shaw Pipeline Services, Flexpipe Systems, Guardian, 
Socotherm and Desert NDT divisions. 

• 

• 

• 

 Bredero Shaw’s product off erings include specialized internal 
anticorrosion and fl ow effi  ciency pipe coating systems, insulation 
coating systems, weight coating systems and custom coating and 
fi eld joint application services for onshore and off shore pipelines.

 Canusa-CPS manufactures heat-shrinkable sleeves, adhesives, 
sealants and liquid coatings for corrosion protection on onshore 
and off shore pipelines.

 Shaw Pipeline Services provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline 
girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and construction 
contractors worldwide for both onshore and off shore pipelines.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

22

 
 Flexpipe Systems manufactures spoolable composite pipe systems 
used for oil and gas gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection 
pipelines and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and 
high pressure capabilities.

 Guardian provides a complete range of tubular management services 
including inventory management systems, mobile inspection, 
in-plant inspection and the refurbishment and rethreading of drill 
pipe, production tubing and casing.

 Socotherm provides specialized thermal insulation coatings, 
anticorrosion coatings, internal coatings, and concrete weight coatings 
for onshore and off shore pipelines.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 the Company’s competitive position globally and its ability to maintain 
operations in each of the major oil and gas producing regions;

 the Company’s technology and its ability to research and 
commercialize innovative products that provide added value to 
customers and provide competitive diff erentiation;

 the Company’s operational eff ectiveness and its ability to maintain 
effi  cient utilization of productive capacity at each geographic location;

 access to capital and maintenance of suffi  cient available liquidity to 
support continuing operations and fi nance growth activities;

 the ability to identify and execute successful business acquisitions 
that result in strategic global growth; and

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Desert NDT provides non-destructive testing services for new oil 
and gas gathering pipelines and oilfi eld infrastructure integrity 
management services.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment, which includes the DSG-
Canusa and ShawFlex divisions, accounted for 9% of consolidated 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014. Operations within this 
segment utilize polymer and adhesive technologies that were developed 
for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and are now being applied 
to applications in Petrochemical and Industrial markets. 

• 

• 

 DSG-Canusa is a global manufacturer of heat-shrinkable products 
including thin, medium and heavy-walled tubing, sleeves and molded 
products as well as heat-shrink accessories and equipment.

 ShawFlex is a manufacturer of wire and cable for control, 
instrumentation, thermocouple, power, marine and 
robotics applications. 

1.2  Vision and Objectives
ShawCor’s vision and business strategy is to be the market leader 
and technology innovator with a primary focus on the global pipeline 
industry and to use this base as a platform to build an international 
energy services company while achieving the following key 
performance objectives:

• 

• 

• 

 generate a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) of 15% over the full 
business cycle; 

 generate average annual net income growth of 15% over the full 
business cycle;

 continuously improve health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) 
performance as measured by recordable injuries per million person 
hours worked to support the Company’s commitment to an Incident 
and Injury Free (“IIF”) workplace;

1.3  Key Performance Drivers
The Company believes the following key performance drivers are critical 
to the success of its businesses:

• 

• 

 demand for the Company’s products and services that is primarily 
determined by investment in new energy infrastructure necessary to 
supply global energy needs;

 current and forecasted oil and gas commodity prices and 
availability of capital to enable customers to fi nance energy 
infrastructure investment; 

• 

 the ability to attract and retain key personnel.

1.4  Key Performance Indicators
Several of the drivers identifi ed above are beyond the Company’s control; 
however there are certain key performance indicators that the Company 
utilizes to monitor its progress in achieving its vision and performance 
objectives. These indicators are detailed below.

Certain of the following key performance indicators used by ShawCor are 
not measurements in accordance with GAAP, should not be considered 
as an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance 
under GAAP and may not necessarily be comparable to similarly titled 
measures of other entities. Refer to Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-
GAAP Measures, for additional information with respect to non-GAAP 
measures used by the Company.

Net Income Growth
As part of its performance objectives, the Company has set a goal 
for average annual net income growth of 15% over the full business 
cycle, as described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. Net 
income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) decreased 
by $125.0 million, or 57%, from $219.9 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013 to $94.9 million for the year ended December 31, 
2014. The decrease was mainly due to the impairment charges of 
$120.4 million recorded in the third and fourth quarters of 2014, lower 
Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure defi ned as Operating 
Income excluding impairment charges), as explained in section 4.1 below, 
the increase in loss from investment in joint ventures of $18.5 million, 
driven mainly by the Venezuela impairment, and a net increase in fi nance 
cost of $3.5 million. This was partially off set by lower income tax expense 
of $57.4 million, higher net gain on assets held for sales of $10.1 million 
and the impact of changes in non controlling interest of $3.4 million. 

Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”)
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defi ned as net income for the year 
adjusted for after tax interest expense divided by average invested 
capital for the most recently completed year. ROIC is used by the 
Company to assess the effi  ciency of generating profi ts from each unit 
of invested capital. As part of its performance objectives, the Company 
has set a ROIC target of 15%, as described in Section 1.2 – Vision and 
Objectives. The Company’s ROIC for the years ended December 31, 
2014 and 2013 was 8.5% and 23.5%, respectively. The decrease of 
15 percentage points was primarily due to a decrease of $122.7 million 
in net income for the year, adjusted for after-tax interest expense 
combined with an increase in average invested capital of $289.9 million.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

23

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Safety and Environmental Stewardship
The Company maintains a comprehensive HSE management system 
in place within each of its nine operating divisions and is committed 
to being an IIF workplace with no damage to the environment. For the 
years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company 
had recordable injuries per million person hours worked of 7.0 and 
5.9, respectively. During 2014, the Company completed 20 HSE audits 
at manufacturing and service locations across all nine divisions and 
developed action plans to correct any defi ciencies identifi ed in 
the audits.

1.5  Capability to Deliver Results

Capital Resources
The Company operates in the global energy industry and, as a result, 
the operations of the Company tend to be cyclical. In addition, the 
Company can undertake major pipe coating projects anywhere in the 
world as part of its normal operations. These factors, as well as the 
Company’s growth initiatives, can result in variations in the amount 
of investment in property, plant and equipment, working capital and 
project guarantees required to support the Company’s businesses. The 
Company’s policy is to manage its fi nancial resources, including debt 
facilities, so as to maintain suffi  cient fi nancial capacity to fund these 
investment requirements.

Capital expenditures increased by $0.9 million from $76.7 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 to $77.6 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2014. The Company believes it has suffi  cient available 
resources and capacity to meet the market demand for its products and 
services in the markets where the Company operates. The Company 
may, however, incur new capital expenditures to facilitate growth in 
new markets.

The current level of working capital investment is expected to be 
suffi  cient to support the level of business activity projected in 2015; 
however, unexpected increases in business activity or specifi c pipe 
coating project requirements may result in higher working capital 
requirements. Any such increase in requirements will be fi nanced from 
the Company’s cash balances and available committed credit facilities. 
The Company had cash and cash equivalents and short term investments 
of $117.1 million and $86.0 million as at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 

respectively, and had unutilized lines of credit available of $381.0 million 
and $209.5 million, as at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

The current fi nancial position of the Company is strong and the 
Company does not foresee any diffi  culties in maintaining a suffi  cient 
level of fi nancial capacity to execute the Company’s growth strategy. 

Please refer to Section 5 – Liquidity and Capitalization, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s liquidity and fi nancial position.

Non-Capital Resources
The Company considers its people as the most signifi cant non-capital 
resource required in order to achieve the vision and objectives identifi ed 
above. The Company’s executives are comprised of senior business 
leaders who bring a broad range of experience and skill sets in the 
oil and gas industry, fi nance, tax, law and corporate governance. The 
leadership team’s experience combined with the employees’ knowledge 
and dedication to excellence has resulted in a long history of proven 
fi nancial success and stability, with the resulting creation of value for 
the Company’s stakeholders. 

On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors its succession planning 
program in order to mitigate the impact of planned or unplanned 
departures of key personnel. As at December 31, 2014, the Company 
believes it has suffi  cient human resources to operate its businesses at 
an optimal level and execute its strategic plan. 

Systems and Processes
Management regularly reviews the Company’s operational systems and 
processes and develops new ones as required. Key operational programs 
utilized by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2014 
included systems and controls over project bidding, capital expenditures, 
internal controls over fi nancial reporting, product development, HSE 
management and human resource development. In addition, the 
ShawCor Manufacturing System (“SMS”) program has been implemented 
to increase operating effi  ciency and achieve signifi cant cost savings in 
each of the Company’s nine divisions.

As at December 31, 2014, the Company believes it has suffi  cient systems 
and processes in place to operate its businesses at an optimal level and 
execute its strategic plan.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

24

 
2.0  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

2.1  Selected Financial Information

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 
Gross Profi t  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land  
Impairment(a) 
Income from Operations  
Accounting gain on acquisition 
Gain (loss) on assets held for sale 
Income from investment in associates 
(Loss) income from investment in joint ventures 
Finance (costs) income, net  
Income before Income Taxes  
Income taxes  
Non-controlling interests 
Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 
Add: 

Income taxes 

  Accounting gain on acquisition 
  Finance costs, net 
  Amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets   
  Gain on sale of land and others 

Impairment(a)  
Impairment of investments in joint ventures 

  EBITDA(b) 
  Non-controlling interests 

(Gain) loss on assets held for sale  

ADJUSTED EBITDA(b) 

Per Share Information: 
Net Income 
  Basic 
  Diluted  

Cash Dividend per Share: 
  Common Shares 
  Class A 
  Class B 

$  1,890,029 
  1,166,319 
723,710 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

2014 

2013 

2012

(restated)

$  1,847,549 
1,058,946 

$  1,469,187
895,004

788,603 

382,755 
15,687 
(4,936) 
66,484 
10,312 
(5,156) 
– 

323,457 
– 
(3,683) 
– 
(3,874) 
(14,912) 

300,988 
78,402 
2,724 

219,862 

219,862 

78,402 
– 
14,912 
76,796 
(5,156) 
– 
– 

$ 

$ 

574,183

306,108
12,242
(109)
44,985
7,319
(12,101)
4,686

211,053
413
–
8,694
618
1,360

222,138
43,783
45

178,310

178,310

43,783
(413)
(1,360)
52,304
(12,101)
4,686
–

$ 

$ 

$ 

384,816 

$ 

265,209

2,724 
3,683 

45
–

$ 

391,223 

$ 

265,254

375,153 
13,053 
(3,747) 
55,219 
15,587 
(609) 
120,378 
148,676 
– 
6,427 
877 
(22,375) 
(18,401) 
115,204 
21,010 
(667) 

94,861 

94,861 

21,010 
– 
18,401 
70,806 
(609) 
120,378 
18,948 
343,795 
(667) 
(6,427) 
336,701 

1.55 
1.53 

0.575 
– 
– 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

3.55 
3.51 

1.375 
0.100 
0.091 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

2.53
2.50

–
0.380
0.345

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

(a)  Relates mainly to the Bredero Shaw Brasil, Socotherm Gulf of Mexico and Bridgen plant impairments; refer to section 3.0 for additional details. 
(b)  Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures and should not be considered as an alternative to net income 

or any other measure of performance under GAAP. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under IFRS. The Company’s method of calculating these measures may diff er from 
other entities and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities. Refer to Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures, for additional information with 
respect to other non-GAAP measures used by the Company.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total Assets 
Total Non-current Liabilities 

December 31,  
2014 

December 31, 
2013

$  1,939,970 
524,462 
$ 

$  1,651,928
542,278
$ 

Revenue
Consolidated revenue increased by $42.4 million, or 2%, from 
$1,847.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, to 
$1,890.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due to an 
increase of $29.0 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and 
an increase of $14.6 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment. 
Consolidated revenue benefi tted from the impact on translation of 
foreign operations from the weakening Canadian dollar as noted in 
section 2.2 below.

Consolidated revenue increased by 26%, or $378.4 million, 
from $1,469.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 
$1,847.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to 
increases of $363.5 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment 
and $15.4 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Income from Operations 
During 2014, the Company recorded impairment charges of 
$120.4 million. Excluding these charges, Adjusted Operating Income 
(refer to Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures) 
decreased by $54.4 million, from the year ended December 31, 2013 
to $269.1 million during the comparable period in 2014. Adjusted 
Operating Income was impacted by a year over year decrease in gross 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

profi t of $64.9 million, a decrease in net foreign exchange gains of 
$1.2 million and a lower gain on sale of land of $4.5 million. These 
reductions were partially off set by decreases in SG&A expenses of 
$7.6 million, in research and development expenses of $2.6 million 
and in amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets 
of $6.0 million. 

In addition to the translation impact noted above, the Company recorded 
a foreign exchange gain of $3.7 million in 2014, compared to a gain of 
$4.9 million for the comparable period in the prior year, as a result of the 
impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on monetary assets and 
liabilities and short term foreign currency intercompany loans within 
the group, net of hedging activities.

Income from operations increased by $112.4 million from the year ended 
December 31, 2012 to $323.5 million during the comparable period in 
2013. Operating Income benefi ted from a year over year increase in 
gross profi t of $214.4 million, an increase in net foreign exchange gain of 
$4.8 million and an impairment charge of $4.7 million incurred in 2012. 
This was partially off set by increases in SG&A expenses of $76.6 million, 
research and development expenses of $3.4 million, amortization of 
property, plant, equipment and intangible assets of $24.5 million and 
a lower gain on sale of land of $6.9 million.

Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company)
Net income decreased by $125.0 million, from $219.9 million during 
the twelve-month ended December 31, 2013 to $94.9 million during 
the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was 
mainly due to the impairment charges of $120.4 million recorded in the 
third and fourth quarters of 2014, lower Adjusted Operating Income, as 
explained above, the increase in loss from investment in joint ventures 
of $18.5 million, driven mainly by the Venezuela impairment, and a net 
increase in fi nance cost of $3.5 million. This was partially off set by lower 
income tax expense of $57.4 million, higher net gain on assets held 
for sale of $10.1 million and the impact of changes in non controlling 
interest of $3.4 million.

Net income increased by $41.6 million, from $178.3 million during the 
twelve-month ended December 31, 2012 to $219.9 million during the 
twelve-month period ended December 31, 2013, mainly due to higher 
Operating Income of $112.4 million in 2013 as explained above. This was 
partially off set by increases in net fi nance costs of $16.3 million, income 
tax expense of $34.6 million and income on investment in associate of 
$8.7 million recorded in 2012.

2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact
The following table sets forth the signifi cant currencies in which the 
Company operates and the average foreign exchange rates for these 
currencies versus Canadian dollars, for the following periods:

US Dollar 
Euro 
British Pound 

Year Ended December 31 

2014 

1.1064 
1.4638 
1.8178 

2013

1.0324
1.3734
1.6204

The following table sets forth the impact on revenue, Operating 
Income and net income, compared with the prior year period, as a 
result of foreign exchange fl uctuations on the translation of foreign 
currency operations.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

$ 

50,166
12,349
14,623

3.0  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS 

Equity Investment in ZEDI Inc.
On February 20, 2014, ShawCor completed an equity investment in Zedi 
Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas 
industry. Zedi has successfully developed and deployed remote fi eld 
monitoring and related data management solutions for the optimization 
of oil and gas well production. Zedi also completed a management 
led buyout through an Alberta court and shareholder approved plan 
of arrangement. ShawCor’s equity investment in Zedi consists of an 
approximately 25% common share interest plus convertible preferred 
shares for a total investment of approximately $24 million, which was 
accounted for using the equity method of accounting. 

Moho Nord Subsea Project in Congo 
On February 25, 2014, ShawCor, through its Socotherm pipe coating 
division, received a contract with a value in excess of US$40 million 
from Tenaris S.A. to provide pipeline coatings for the Moho Nord Oil 
Pipeline project. The Moho Nord project is located in water depths of 
650 to 1,150 metres approximately 75 kilometers off  the Congo coast 
in West Africa. The contract was executed primarily at the Socotherm 
pipe coating facility in Pozzallo, Italy with additional work completed 
at Socotherm’s facilities in Adria, Italy and Escobar, Argentina. 

South Stream Off shore Pipeline Project
On February 26, 2014, ShawCor, through its Bredero Shaw pipe coating 
division, received a contract with a value of approximately US$50 million 
from EUROPIPE GmbH for the concrete weight coating of Line 1 of the 
South Stream Off shore Pipeline. The South Stream Off shore Pipeline 
system is comprised of 4 pipelines that will cross the Black Sea and 
transport gas from Russia to Bulgaria and on to Central and Southern 
Europe. The contract will be executed at the Bredero Shaw pipe coating 
facility in Leith, Scotland. This contract involves coating approximately 
148 km of 32" pipe with concrete weight coating. 

On June 30, 2014, the Company announced its Bredero Shaw pipe 
coating division, had received a contract with a value of approximately 
US$50 million from Marubeni Sumitomo Consortium for coating services 
for Line 2 of the South Stream Off shore Pipeline. The contract will be 
executed at a pipe coating facility in Bredero Shaw’s Europe, Middle 
East, Africa and Russia (“EMAR”) region. This contract involves coating 
approximately 342 km of 32" pipe with 3-Layer Polypropylene and 
internal fl ow coating. 

On July 3, 2014, the Company announced that its fi eld-applied pipeline 
coatings and services division, Canusa-CPS, had received a contract with 
a value of approximately Cdn $30 million from Saipem SpA to provide 
fi eld joint coating services for Line 1 of the South Stream Off shore 
Pipeline. This contract involves the manufacture of 3-layer polypropylene 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
heat shrink sleeves, and their application on each pipe weld of the 
900 km 32" off shore pipeline utilizing the Canusa-CPS patented 
IntelliCOAT™ automated system. 

On December 18, 2014, the Company announced the majority of the 
work associated with its South Stream contracts had been suspended 
pursuant to suspension notices received from each customer. The 
suspensions received are applicable for a limited period of time and 
none of these contracts has been terminated to date. At this time, there 
can be no assurance as to whether these projects will be reactivated 
or subsequently terminated.

Shah Deniz Project in Azerbaijan
On May 22, 2014, the Company announced its Bredero Shaw pipe 
coating division, had received a contract with a value of approximately 
US$70 million from BP Exploration (Shah Deniz) Ltd. for and on behalf 
of the South Caucasus Pipeline Company Ltd. for coating services for 
the South Caucasus Pipeline Expansion (“SCPX”) project. The objective 
of the SCPX Project is to expand the capacity of the existing South 
Caucasus Pipeline system to accommodate additional gas throughput 
from the Shah Deniz Stage 2 development in the Azerbaijan sector of 
the Caspian Sea. 

This contract involves coating approximately 491 km of predominately 
48" pipe with 3-Layer Polyethylene and internal fl ow coating. Coating 
commenced in 2014 and is expected to be completed in late 2015. 

On November 18, 2014, the Company announced that its Bredero Shaw 
pipe coating division had received a second contract with a value of 
approximately US$200 million from BP Exploration (Shah Deniz) Limited 
for pipeline coating for the Shah Deniz Stage 2 development project. The 
contract is scheduled to be executed at the Caspian Pipe Coatings (CPC) 
plant in Baku, Azerbaijan.

The contract awarded involves the application of anti-corrosion and 
concrete weight coatings and upgrades to the CPC plant in Baku to 
enable the facility to meet the project’s requirements for anti-corrosion 
and concrete weight coating.

Coating is expected to commence in 2015 with completion planned for 
October 2015.

Together with the previously awarded contracts relating to the 
Shah Deniz Stage 2 and the related South Caucasus Pipeline projects, 
Bredero Shaw has now secured contracts totaling over US$500 million 
on these projects.

Retirement of Bill Buckley and Appointment of Steve Orr as CEO 
On May 1, 2014, Bill Buckley retired as Chief Executive Offi  cer of 
ShawCor at the Company’s Annual Meeting, where he was also 
re-elected as a director of the Company. Steve Orr, the President of 
ShawCor at that time, succeeded him as CEO on that date and was 
also elected as a director at the meeting. 

Acquisition of Scotia Automated Inspection Service 
On April 23, 2014, the Company acquired the assets and business 
of Scotia Automated Inspection Service (“SAIS”), a provider of Non 
Destructive Testing (“NDT”) services based in the North of Scotland 
(Inverness). SAIS currently markets its services into the North Sea 
region – UK, Norway and Netherlands. 

SAIS’ current off erings include traditional NDT services such as fi lm 
radiography, manual ultrasonic, magnetic particle and liquid penetrate 
inspections. The acquisition of the SAIS business will allow the 
Company’s Shaw Pipeline Services (“SPS”) division to expand its global 
off shore pipeline inspection market position by providing SAIS with 
advanced NDT technologies that further enhance SAIS’ relationships 
with current and new customers. 

Acquisition of Desert NDT LLC
On July 8, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of all of 
the outstanding shares of Desert NDT LLC (“Desert”), for a total 
consideration of US$263.9 million. Desert is a Houston-based provider 
of non-destructive testing (“NDT”) services for new oil and gas gathering 
pipelines and infrastructure integrity management services. Desert 
operates through 18 branches located in major U.S. oil and gas basins. 

The acquisition was funded with cash and through available revolving 
credit facilities. 

Completion of Sale of Brazilian Joint Venture Interest
On September 4, 2014 the Company completed the sale of its 
Socotherm division’s joint venture interest in Socotherm Brasil, fi rst 
announced in December 2013, to its joint venture partner, Tenaris. 
Socotherm Brasil operates a pipe coating facility which is managed 
by Tenaris and which is located at the Confab welded pipe mill in 
Pindamonhangaba, Brazil.

From the sale, ShawCor realized net proceeds of approximately 
US$29.7 million. 

The sale of Socotherm’s joint venture interest in Socotherm Brasil is 
consistent with ShawCor’s strategy to focus its pipe coating investments 
on operations it manages and controls. Following the sale, ShawCor will 
continue to serve Tenaris’ global pipe coating needs and the Brazilian 
pipe coating market from its global pipe coating plant network.

Completion of Approximately $230 million Bought Public Off ering
On September 19, 2014, the Company closed its bought public off ering 
of 3,650,000 common shares (the “Shares”) at a price of $54.85 per Share 
(the “Issue Price”) for gross proceeds of $200.2 million (the “Off ering”).

The Off ering was underwritten by a syndicate led by TD Securities Inc. 
and included Cormark Securities Inc., RBC Dominion Securities Inc., 
AltaCorp Capital Inc., BMO Nesbitt Burns Inc., CIBC World Markets Inc., 
National Bank Financial Inc. and Scotia Capital Inc. (collectively, 
the “Underwriters”).

On October 3, 2014, the Underwriters exercised in full an over-allotment 
option and purchased an additional 547,500 common shares of the 
Company at a price of $54.85 per common share. The closing of the 
over-allotment option increased the total gross proceeds of the Off ering 
to $230.2 million.

The Company used the net proceeds from the Off ering for general 
corporate purposes, including to repay a portion of its outstanding 
revolving debt in the normal course in order to create debt availability 
to fund future corporate investments, which may potentially include 
future acquisitions.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

27

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Impairment Charges
The Company incurred an impairment charge of $41.4 million 
($29.4 million net of tax) in the third quarter of 2014, relating primarily 
to goodwill and intangible assets that arose from the 2010 purchase 
of the Company’s joint venture partners in Thermotite do Brasil Ltda. 
The write-down was calculated based on a variety of factors, including 
anticipated Brazilian market developments, and represents a non-cash 
charge that will not impact the Company’s ability to generate revenue 
or income from its operations in Brazil. The Company is committed to 
continuing to serve the Brazil market for deep water pipe coatings.

On December 22, 2014, the Company announced that it expected 
to incur an after tax impairment charge of up to approximately 
$80 million. The fi nal amount of the impairment charges of $97.9 million 
($70.0 million net of tax) was recorded by the Company in the fourth 
quarter of 2014. The impairment charges recorded related to goodwill 
and intangible assets of the Socotherm Gulf of Mexico coating facility 
in Channelview, Texas, property, plant and equipment of other company 
assets in the Gulf of Mexico, and the carrying value of Socotherm’s 50% 
joint venture interest in Venezuela. The charge results from recently 
conducted annual impairment testing under IFRS of the carrying value 
of ShawCor’s long lived assets.

The write-down of goodwill and intangible assets associated with the 
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico facility was based primarily on two factors: 
(i) anticipated market developments in the Gulf of Mexico including the 
likelihood of project delays as a result of the recent global decline in 
oil prices, and (ii) the Company’s intention to shift non-Gulf of Mexico 
production from the Channelview, Texas operations to Pozzallo, Italy 
following the successful launch of production at the Pozzallo facility 
which is better positioned logistically to service project activity in 
Europe, the Middle East and Africa. The write down of the joint venture 
interest in Venezuela was primarily the result of the accelerating 
devaluation of the local currency in Venezuela. 

The write-down is a non-cash charge that will not impact the Company’s 
ability to generate revenue from its operations in the Gulf of Mexico 
or Venezuela.

Acquisition of Dhatec B.V.
On January 5, 2015, the Company announced that it had completed 
the acquisition of Dhatec B.V. (“Dhatec”). Dhatec is a Netherlands 
based company which designs, assembles and markets engineered 
pipe logistics products and services which mitigate damage and 
enhance safety and effi  ciency in the manufacturing, coating, handling, 
transportation, preservation and storage of pipe. Dhatec’s revenue in 
2014 was approximately US$25 million.

4.0  RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

4.1  Consolidated Information

Revenue
The following table sets forth revenue by reportable operating segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and Pipe Services  
Petrochemical and Industrial 
Elimination 
Consolidated 

2014 

 2013 

$  1,716,789 
177,033 
(3,793) 
$  1,890,029 

$ 

$  1,687,768 
162,449 
(2,668) 

$  1,847,549 

$ 

Change

29,021
14,584
(1,125)

42,480

Consolidated revenue increased by $42.4 million, or 2%, from 
$1,847.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 
$1,890.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, due to 
an increase of $29.0 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment 
and an increase of $14.6 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment. Consolidated revenue benefi tted from the impact on 
translation of foreign operations from the weakening Canadian 
dollar as noted in section 2.2 above.

Revenue for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment in 2014 was 
$1,716.8 million, or $29.0 million higher than in 2013, primarily due 

to higher activity levels in North America, Latin America and EMAR, 
partially off set by decreased revenue in Asia Pacifi c. See Section 4.2.1 – 
Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment for additional disclosure with respect 
to the change in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

Revenue for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment increased by 
$14.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to higher activity 
levels in all three regions. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial 
Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change 
in revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Income from Operations
The following table sets forth Operating Income and Operating Margin for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income from Operations 
Adjusted Operating Income(a) 
Adjusted Operating Margin(b) 

$ 

2014 

148,676 
269,054 
14.2% 

$ 

2013 

323,457 
323,457 

17.5% 

$ 

Change

(174,781)
(54,403)

(3.3%)

(a)   Adjusted Operating Income is Operating Income excluding impairment charges and is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures to 

GAAP measures.

(b) Adjusted Operating Margin is defi ned as Adjusted Operating Income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted Operating Income decreased by $54.4 million from the 
year ended December 31, 2013 to $269.1 million in the year ended 
December 31, 2014. Adjusted Operating Income was impacted by a 
year over year decrease in gross profi t of $64.9 million, a decrease in 
net foreign exchange gains of $1.2 million and a lower gain on sale of 
land of $4.5 million. These reductions were partially off set by decreases 
in SG&A expenses of $7.6 million, in research and development expenses 
of $2.6 million and in amortization of property, plant, equipment and 
intangible assets of $6.0 million. 

The decrease in gross profi t resulted from a 4.4 percentage point 
decrease in gross margin, attributable to changes in product and project 
mix compared to the prior year, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe 
Services segment’s Asia Pacifi c and Latin America regions which had 
benefi tted from high gross margins on several large concrete weight 

coating projects in 2013. This was partially off set by the higher revenue 
in 2014, as explained above.

SG&A expenses decreased by $7.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013. 
The reduction in SG&A expenses was the result of one time costs of 
$7.6 million incurred to complete the Company’s Plan of Arrangement 
on March 20, 2013 and related expenses associated with amended 
executive retirement arrangements of $ 5.0 million incurred in the fi rst 
quarter of 2013 and higher bad debts and warranty provisions recorded 
in 2013 of $6.4 million, combined with lower management incentive 
compensation expenses of $24.3 million in 2014. These reductions in 
SG&A expenses were partially off set by increases over the prior year of 
$18.7 million in personnel related costs, $9.5 million from the acquisition 
of Desert NDT and $9.0 million of rental and building costs primarily 
associated with pipe storage and increased activity in EMAR.

Finance Costs, Net 
The following table sets forth the components of fi nance costs, net for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long term debt   
Finance costs – net 

 2014 

(1,229) 
6,210 
13,420 

$ 

2013 

(1,156) 
5,949 
10,119 

$ 

18,401 

$ 

14,912 

$ 

Change

(73)
261
3,301

3,489

$ 

$ 

In 2014, net fi nance cost was $18.4 million, compared to a net fi nance cost of $14.9 million in 2013. The increase in net fi nance cost was primarily a 
result of higher interest on long-term debt that was issued on March 20, 2013.

Income Taxes
The following table sets forth the income tax expenses for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense 

2014 

 2013 

Change

$ 

21,010 

$ 

78,402 

$ 

(57,392)

The Company recorded an income tax expense of $21.0 million in 2014 
compared to an income tax expense of $78.4 million in 2013. Excluding 
the impact of impairment charges ($139.3 million, deferred tax of 
$39.9 million), the Company recorded an income tax expense of 
$60.9 million (24% of income before income taxes) in 2014 compared 
to an income tax expense of $78.4 million (26% of income before 

income taxes) in 2013. The Company’s tax rate for the twelve month 
period ended December 30, 2014 was lower than expected income tax 
rate of 27% due to a portion of the Company’s taxable income being 
earned in the Trinidad Free Zone, Asia Pacifi c, the Middle East and other 
jurisdictions where the tax rate is 25% or less. 

4.2  Segment Information

4.2.1  Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment
The following table sets forth the revenue by geographic location, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Operating Margin for the Pipeline and 
Pipe Services segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except Adjusted Operating Margin) 

North America 
Latin America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacifi c 
Total Revenue 

Adjusted Operating Income(a) 
Adjusted Operating Margin(b) 

2014 

2013 

$ 

787,809 
185,057 
400,480 
343,443 
$  1,716,789 

$ 

279,859 
16.3% 

$ 

671,317 
161,627 
191,814 
663,010 
$  1,687,768 

$ 

368,805 
21.9% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

116,492
23,430
208,666
(319,567)
29,021

(88,946)
(5.6%)

(a)   Adjusted Operating Income is Operating Income excluding impairment charges and is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures to 

GAAP measures..

(b) Adjusted Operating Margin is defi ned as Adjusted Operating Income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment for the year 
ended December 31, 2014 was $1,716.8 million, an increase of 
$29.0 million, from $1,687.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013. Consolidated revenue benefi tted from the impact on translation 
of foreign operations from the weakening Canadian dollar as noted in 
section 2.2 above, combined with higher revenue in North America, 
EMAR and Latin America, off set by lower activity levels in Asia Pacifi c:

• 

• 

 In North America, revenue increased by $116.5 million, or 17%, 
primarily due to the addition of approximately $61.0 million in 
revenue from the acquisition of Desert NDT in the third quarter of 
2014, increased fl exible composite pipe volume in the US, higher 
revenues from tubular management services and higher volumes at 
the Socotherm Gulf of Mexico facility. This was partially off set by 
lower activity levels in small diameter pipe coatings in the US.

 Latin America revenue was higher by $23.4 million, or 14%, due to 
increased large project activity in Mexico at both the Veracruz and 
Coatzacoalcos facilities and higher activity levels in Brazil for the 
Sapinhoa project. This was partially off set by lower revenue on the 
Technip project in Trinidad, which was completed in 2013.

• 

 EMAR revenue increased by $208.6 million, or 109%, due to higher 
activity levels at the Socotherm facilities in Italy, increased pipe 
coating activity levels at the Leith, Scotland and RAK facilities and 

the Shah Deniz II project in the Caspian, and higher revenue from 
pipe weld inspection services due to the acquisition of SAIS in the 
fi rst quarter of 2014.

• 

 Revenue in Asia Pacifi c decreased by $319.6 million, or 48%, primarily 
due to the lower volumes associated with the completion of large 
projects like Inpex Ichthys, Chevron Wheatstone and Apache Julimar 
at both Kabil, Indonesia and Kuantan, Malaysia.

Adjusted Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 
$279.9 million compared to $368.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013, a decrease of $88.9 million, or 24% due to the following factors:

• 

• 

 Lower gross profi t of $66.9 million driven by a 4.6 percentage 
point decrease in gross margin due to less favourable project mix, 
particularly in the Asia Pacifi c and Latin America regions which had 
benefi tted from high gross margins on several large concrete weight 
coating projects in 2013, partially off set by higher revenue of 
$29.0 million, as explained above. 

 Higher SG&A expenses, primarily due to the inclusion of $9.5 million 
of SG&A expenses from the newly acquired Desert NDT business and 
higher rental and building costs, mainly due to higher activity in the 
EMAR region.

• 

 A $5.2 million gain on sale of land recorded in the fourth quarter 
of 2013.

4.2.2  Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
The following table sets forth the revenue by geographic location, Operating Income and Operating Margin for the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except Operating Margin) 

North America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacifi c 
Total Revenue 

Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2014 

107,338 
62,629 
7,066 
177,033 

26,750 
15.1% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013 

101,117 
55,457 
5,875 

162,449 

20,576 
12.7% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

6,221
7,172
1,191

14,584

6,174
2.4%

In the year ended December 31, 2014, revenue increased by 
$14.6 million, or 9%, to $177.0 million compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2013, due to increased shipments of wire and cable 
products to North American electrical utilities, combined with increased 
heat shrinkable product shipments in all three regions and the impact 
of foreign exchange on revenue, as noted in section 2.2 above. 

Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 
$26.8 million compared to $20.6 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013, an increase of $6.2 million, or 30%. The increase was primarily 
due to lower SG&A expenses of $4.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013, 
primarily due to restructuring charges of $3.2 million recorded in the 
fourth quarter of 2013. In addition, gross profi t was higher by 

$2.0 million as a result of the increase in revenue of $14.6 million, as 
explained above, partially off set by a 1.0 percentage point decrease 
in the gross margin due to unfavourable product mix. 

4.2.3  Financial and Corporate
Financial and corporate costs include corporate expenses not allocated 
to the operating segments and other non-operating items, including 
foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign currency denominated cash 
and working capital balances. The corporate division of the Company 
only earns revenue that is considered incidental to the activities of the 
Company. As a result, it does not meet the defi nition of a reportable 
operating segment as defi ned under IFRS.

The following table sets forth the Company’s unallocated fi nancial and corporate expenses, before foreign exchange gains and losses, for the 
following period:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial and corporate expenses 

2014 

2013 

Change

$ 

(41,302) 

$ 

(70,860) 

$ 

(29,558)

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial and corporate costs decreased by $29.6 million from the twelve 
month period ended December 31, 2013 to $41.3 million for the twelve 
month period ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of higher 
one time costs of $7.6 million incurred to complete the Company’s Plan 
of Arrangement on March 20, 2013 and related expenses associated 

with amended executive retirement arrangements of $5.0 million 
incurred in the fi rst quarter of 2013. In addition, management incentive 
compensation expenses were lower by $16.0 million and restructuring 
costs reduced by $2.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013.

5.0  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash fl ows by activity and cash balances for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income  
Non-cash items 
Settlement of decommissioning obligations 
Settlement of other provisions 
Net change in non-current deferred revenue 
Net change in employee future benefi ts 
Net change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 
Cash provided by operating activities 
Cash used in investing activities 
Cash provided by (used in) fi nancing activities 
Foreign exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents 
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

The Company expects to generate suffi  cient cash fl ows and have 
continued access to its credit facilities to meet contractual obligations 
and planned development and growth initiatives as and when they are 
required. The Company expects that working capital investment will be 
required to support revenue growth consistent with historical working 
capital measures as noted in Section 5.4. The Company typically utilizes 
its available cash balances and its committed credit facilities to fund 
working capital requirements. 

5.1  Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $188.0 million in 2014, an 
improvement of $155.7 million compared to 2013. The improvement 
was due to a change in the movement of non-cash working capital 
and foreign exchange of $116.5 million, an increase in non-cash items 
of $78.9 million and a net reduction in the movement of non-current 
deferred revenue of $64.4 million in 2014 compared to the prior year. 
This was partially off set by a decrease in net income of $128.4 million. 
The change in the movement of non-cash working capital and foreign 
exchange refl ected a net decrease in the current portion of deferred 
revenue of $310.3 million in 2014 compared to 2013. This was partially 
off set by net increases in accounts receivable of $88.0 million and in 
income tax payable, inventories and prepaid expenses totaling 
$110.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Net income decreased 
due to the reasons as discussed in Section 2.1.

5.4  Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures

$ 

2014 

94,194 
194,540 
(215) 
(16,824) 
– 
33 
(83,743) 
187,985 
(347,806) 
190,463 
6,519 
37,161 
79,395 

$ 

2013

222,586
115,603
(817)
(19,449)
(64,392)
(20,994)
(200,273)

32,264
(38,066)
(215,734)
15,950

(205,586)
284,981

$ 

116,556 

$ 

79,395

5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities increased by $309.7 million from 
$38.1 million during 2013 to $347.8 million during 2014. The increase 
was due to an increase in the business acquisition activities of 
$250.8 million, primarily due to the Desert NDT acquisition, a net 
decrease of $65.3 million in the redemption of short term investments, 
an increase in investment in associate of $18.0 million, and an increase in 
other assets of $10.0 million both relating to investments made in Zedi 
Inc., and the payment of deferred purchase consideration of $18.8 million 
in 2014. This was partially off set by the proceeds from assets held for 
sale of $46.4 million during 2014.

5.3  Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
Cash provided by fi nancing activities was $190.5 million for 2014 
compared to cash used in fi nancing activities of $215.7 million for 2013, 
a net increase of $406.2 million. This was partially due to the increase 
in the issue of new shares of $208.1 million. In addition in 2013, the 
Company purchased the Class B shares under the Company’s Plan of 
Arrangement in the amount of $503.1 million in the second quarter of 
2013, and paid a higher dividend of $53.2 million in 2013 compared to 
2014 as a result of the 2013 special dividend. These 2013 uses of cash 
were partially off set by the proceeds from the issuance of long term debt 
of $356.3 million during the second quarter of 2013.

Accounts Receivables
The following table sets forth the Company’s average trade accounts receivable – net balance and days sales outstanding in trade accounts 
receivables (“DSO”) as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Average trade accounts receivable    
DSO(a) 

$ 

2014 

341,218 
61 

$ 

2013 

248,944 
55 

$ 

Change

92,274
6

(a)   DSO, a non-GAAP measure, is the average number of days that trade accounts receivables-net (which excludes unbilled and other receivables) are outstanding based on a 90 day cycle. 

The Company’s method of calculating this measure may diff er from other entities and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities. See Section 12.0 – 
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures for additional information with respect to DSO.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Average trade accounts receivables increased by $92.3 million from 
$248.9 million as at December 31, 2013 to $341.2 million as at 
December 31, 2014 as a result of increased revenue in the fourth quarter 
of 2014 compared with the fourth quarter a year ago. DSO increased by 
6 days from 55 during the fourth quarter of 2013 to 61 during the fourth 

quarter of 2014, primarily due to the timing of sales and collection of 
receivables in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to the fourth quarter 
of 2013 and due to the larger drawdown in deferred revenue in the 
fourth quarter of 2013.

Inventories
The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories balance as at December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Inventories 

 2014 

 2013 

$ 

194,732 

$ 

180,876 

$ 

Change

13,856

Inventories increased by $13.8 million from $180.9 million as at December 31, 2013 to $194.7 million as at December 31, 2014, as a reduction in raw 
materials of $7.5 million was more than off set by increases in work-in-process and fi nished goods inventory.

Accounts Payable
The following table sets forth the Company’s average accounts payable balance and days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities (“DPO”) as at: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities    
DPO(a) 

$ 

2014 

261,088 
73 

$ 

2013 

240,639 
88 

$ 

Change

20,449
(15)

(a)   DPO, a non-GAAP measure, is the number of days from when purchased goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers based on a 90 day cycle. The Company’s method 
of calculating this measure may diff er from other entities and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP 
Measures, for additional information with respect to DPO.

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by 
$20.5 million from $240.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, 
to $261.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. DPO decreased 
by 15 days from 2013 levels, due to changes in the timing of purchases 
in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared with the prior year.

5.5  Unsecured Credit Facilities
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for 
  performance, bid and surety bonds  

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

2014 

$ 

4,685 

$ 

137,667 

142,352 
523,305 

2013

5,229

106,206

111,435
320,910

Unutilized credit facilities 

$ 

380,953 

$ 

209,475

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed 
Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of fi ve years, with 
terms and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that 
the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from 
US$150 million to US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit 
limit to US$400 million with the consent of lenders. On June 16, 2014, 
the option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million was exercised 
with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase the credit 
limit to US$550 million with the consent of the lenders was added. 
The Company pays a fl oating interest rate on this credit facility that 
is a function of the Company’s total debt to Earnings Before Interest, 
Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. Allowable credit 
utilization outside of this facility is US$50 million.

Debt Covenants
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect 
of its Credit Facility. Specifi cally, the Company is required to maintain an 
Interest Coverage Ratio (EBITDA) plus rental payments divided by interest 
expense plus rental payments) of more than 2.5 to 1 and a debt to total 
EBITDA ratio of less than 3.00 to 1. The Company was in compliance with 
these covenants as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

These debt covenants are non-GAAP measures and should not be 
considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure 
of performance under GAAP. Non-GAAP measures do not have 
standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and are not necessarily 
comparable to similarly titled measures of other entities. See Section 12.0 
– Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures, for additional information with 
respect to these debt covenants.

5.6  Long-Term Debt
In March 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for gross proceeds of
US$350 million, bearing interest at rates between 2.98% and 4.07% and
having maturities ranging from 7 to 15 years. The total long-term debt
balance as at December 31, 2014 is $406.9 million (U.S. $350.0 million) 
{December 31, 2013 – $374.4 million (U.S. $350.0 million)}. The 
long-term debt has been designated as a hedge of the Company’s net 
investment in a U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiary as described in 
Section 5.8 below. 

Financial Ratios
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect 
of the long-term debt that are consistent with the debt covenants 
described for the Company’s Credit Facility above. 

The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at 
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.7  Contingencies and Off  Balance Sheet Arrangements

Commitments and Contingencies
As part of the Company’s normal operations, it often enters into contracts, such as leases and purchase contracts, which obligate the 
Company to make disbursements in the future. The following table summarizes these future payments required in respect of the Company’s 
contractual obligations:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2015 

Purchase commitments 
Bank indebtedness 
Loan payable 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs – long-term debt 
Obligations under fi nance leases 
Operating leases 
Total contractual obligations 

$ 

$ 

71,363 
4,685 
58 
89,077 
4,873 
– 
13,835 
1,891 
20,711 

$ 

2016 

– 
– 
63 
– 
– 
– 
13,835 
1,378 
15,423 

$ 

2017 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
13,835 
1,357 
8,917 

$ 

2018 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
13,835 
1,336 
6,077 

2019 

After 2019 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
13,835 
1,336 
4,710 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
406,926 
72,076 
11,640 
9,969 

$ 

Total

71,363
4,685
121
89,077
4,873
406,926
141,251
18,938
65,807

$ 

206,493 

$ 

30,699 

$ 

24,109 

$ 

21,248 

$ 

19,881 

$ 

500,611 

$ 

803,041

The following table sets forth the Company’s future minimum fi nance 
lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total future minimum lease payments 
Less: imputed interest 

Balance of obligations under fi nance leases 
Less: current portion 

$ 

2014

18,938
(5,443)

13,495
(1,222)

Non-current obligations under fi nance leases 

$ 

12,273

typically have a term of less than one year and are renewed, if required, 
over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company 
has not made and does not anticipate that it will be required to make 
material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company’s utilizes its credit facilities to support the Company’s 
bonds. The Company had utilized credit facilities of $142.4 million as at 
December 31, 2014 (December 31, 2013 – $111.4 million) for support 
of its bonds.

As at December 31, 2014, the Company has not entered into any 
material commitments for capital expenditures.

Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be 
contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers 
and other third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions 
have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not 
possible to estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, 
management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate 
resolution of such contingencies would not have a material adverse 
eff ect on the consolidated fi nancial position of the Company.

Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid 
and surety bonds through fi nancial intermediaries to various customers 
in support of project contracts for the successful execution of these 
contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the 
contract, the customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of 
the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The 
contracts which these performance bonds support generally have a 
term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds 

5.8  Financial Instruments and Other Instruments

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation 
techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques 
are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those which 
refl ect market data obtained from independent sources, while 
unobservable inputs refl ects the Company’s assumptions with respect 
to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two 
inputs used to measure fair value fall into the following three diff erent 
levels of the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1  

 Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that 
are observable.

Level 2  

 Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs 
other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from 
or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3  

 Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or 
more signifi cant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy levels for the fi nancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as 
at December 31, 2014 and for fi nancial assets and liabilities where fair values are disclosed as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

The current derivative fi nancial instruments relate to foreign exchange 
forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) 
and are valued by comparing the rates at the time the derivatives are 
acquired to the period-end rates quoted in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of fi nancial risks 
including market risk (including foreign exchange and interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management 
program focuses on the unpredictability of fi nancial markets and seeks 
to minimize potential adverse eff ects on the Company’s fi nancial position 
and fi nancial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of 
Company management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly 
reported to the Board of Directors.

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada 
through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and 
non-operating expenses are based in foreign currencies. As a result, the 
Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and fi nancial position may 
be impacted by fl uctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign 
currency items are translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 
2014, fl uctuations of +/– 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those 
foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, 
income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders 
of the Company) for the year then ended by approximately $61.7 million, 
$8.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively, prior to hedging activities. In 
addition, such fl uctuations would impact the Company’s consolidated 
total assets, consolidated total liabilities and consolidated total equity 
by $76.3 million, $20.0 million and $56.3 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management 
activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the 
Company’s foreign currency-denominated cash streams and the resulting 
variability of the Company’s earnings. The Company utilizes foreign 
exchange forward contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The 
Company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for speculative 
purposes. With the exception of the Company’s U.S. dollar based 
operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

34

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

116,556 
550 
5,578 
10,000 
893 

133,577 

4,685 
4,873 
406,926 
794 

$ 

417,278 

$ 

116,556 
550 
– 
– 
– 

117,106 

4,685 
– 
– 
– 

4,685 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
5,578 
– 
893 

6,471 

– 
4,873 
406,926 
794 

$ 

412,593 

$ 

–
–
–
10,000
–

10,000

–
–
–
–

–

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes fi nancial instruments to manage the risk 
associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally 
documents all relationships between hedging instruments and the 
hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy 
for undertaking various hedge transactions. 

The Company utilizes fi nancial instruments to manage the risk 
associated with foreign exchange rates.

The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under 
foreign exchange contracts, the average contractual exchange rates 
and the settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian dollars sold for U.S. dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

U.S. dollars sold for Canadian dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

U.S. dollars sold for Malaysian Ringgits 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

Euros sold for U.S. dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

British pounds sold for U.S. dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

Norwegian Kroners sold for U.S. dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

Australian dollars sold for U.S. dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

Malaysian Ringgits sold for U.S. dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

CAD$14,025
1.13

US$13,200
1.11

US$2,800
3.50

€44,020
1.31

£3,430
1.57

NOK 112,697
0.13

AUD$1,554
0.85

MYR 32,500
0.28

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its foreign 
exchange forward contracts. As at December 31, 2014, the Company 
had notional amounts of $130.9 million of forward contracts outstanding 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2013 – $115.2 million) with the fair value of the Company’s net gain 
from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $4.7 million (2013 – 
$1.0 million net benefi t).

Net Investment Hedge
The Company’s long-term debt (Senior Notes) has been designated as 
a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, 

which has the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. During the year 
ended December 31, 2014, a loss of $32.5 million on the translation 
of the Senior Notes was transferred to other comprehensive income 
to off set the losses on translation of the net investment in the 
subsidiary. There was no ineff ectiveness of this hedge for the year 
ended December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial assets 
Cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 

Financial liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Long term debt 

Non-Interest 
 Bearing 

Floating Rate 

Fixed 
Interest Rate 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
550 
215 
10,000 

10,765 

– 
121 
– 

121 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
4,434 
– 

4,434 

4,685 
– 
– 

4,685 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,104 
– 
2,372 
– 

6,476 

– 
– 
406,926 

Total

4,104
550
7,021
10,000

21,675

4,685
121
406,926

$ 

406,926 

$ 

411,732

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its fl oating rate 
bank indebtedness and long-term notes receivable and is not currently 
considered to be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, 
forward foreign exchange contracts, as well as credit exposure of 
customers, including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum 
credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the fi nancial instruments.

The objective of managing counter-party credit risk is to prevent losses 
in fi nancial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the 
global energy industry and are therefore aff ected to a large extent by 
the same macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages 
this credit risk by assessing the credit quality of all counter parties, 
taking into account their fi nancial position, past experience and other 
factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits 
of counter parties and monitors utilization of those credit limits on an 
ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company had no customer 
who generated revenue greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there was one customer who 
generated approximately 22% of total consolidated revenue. This 
revenue resulted primarily from a single contract for which a substantial 
upfront payment was received in 2012 and which was recorded as 
deferred revenue at that time. 

The carrying value of accounts receivable are reduced through the use 
of an allowance for doubtful accounts and the amount of the loss is 
recognized in the consolidated statements of income with a charge to 
selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance 

is considered to be uncollectible, it is written off  against the allowance 
for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously 
written off  are credited against selling, general and administrative 
expenses. As at December 31, 2014, $28.1 million, or 8.3% of trade 
accounts receivable, were more than 90 days overdue, which is 
consistent with prior period aging analyses. The Company expects to 
receive full payment on all accounts receivable that are neither past 
due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful 
accounts for the year ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Bad debt expense 
Acquisition 
Recovery of previously written-off  
  bad debts 
Impact of change in foreign 
  exchange rates 

$ 

$ 

 2014 

11,732 
748 
693 

(156) 

(501) 

2013

9,409
3,016
–

(24)

(669)

Balance – End of year 

$ 

12,516 

$ 

11,732

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain 
suffi  cient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity 
requirements at any point in time. The Company achieves this by 
maintaining suffi  cient cash and cash equivalents and through the 
availability of funding from committed credit facilities. As at 
December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents 
totalling $116.6 million (December 31, 2013 – $79.4 million) and 
had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $381.0 million 
(December 31, 2013 – $209.5 million). 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

5.9  Outstanding Share Capital
As at February 27, 2015, the Company had 64,497,369 common 
shares outstanding. In addition, as at February 27, 2015, the Company 
had stock options and share units outstanding to purchase up to 
1,430,558 common shares. 

5.10  Transactions with Related Parties
The Company had no material transactions with related parties in the 
year ended of 2014. All related party transactions were in the normal 
course of business. 

During 2013, 11,716,235 Class B multiple voting shares of the 
Company’s controlling shareholder were acquired by the Company for 
cash and shares pursuant to the Arrangement which became eff ective 

on March 20, 2013. Refer to Note 29 of the audited fi nancial statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2014, for additional information 
regarding this transaction. In connection with the closing of the 
Arrangement, the employment terms of the Company’s Chair of the 
Board of Directors (V. Shaw) and indirect controlling shareholder, and 
of the Company’s Vice Chair of the Board of Directors (L. Hutchinson), 
were amended to provide that their employment with a Company’s 
subsidiary would terminate and they would receive severance and other 
benefi ts of approximately $3.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively. 

For additional information regarding these transactions, refer to the 
section entitled Termination & Change of Control Benefi ts in the 
Company’s Management Proxy Circular dated March 25, 2013, which 
is fi led on SEDAR at www.sedar.com

6.0 

 QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth the Company’s summary of selected fi nancial information for the four quarters of 2014 and 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Q1-2014 

Q2-2014 

Q3-2014 

Q4-2014

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net income (loss) (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 
Net income (loss) per share 
Basic 
Diluted 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 
Net income per share 
Basic 
Diluted 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

479,082 
89,419 
61,947 

1.03 
1.03 

$ 

$ 

441,386 
69,193 
47,949 

0.80 
0.79 

$ 

$ 

469,597 
10,932 
5,617 

0.09 
0.09 

$ 

$ 

499,964
(20,868)
(20,652)

(0.32)
(0.32)

Q1-2013 

Q2-2013 

Q3-2013 

Q4-2013

454,681 
88,622 
70,595 

1.02 
1.01 

$ 

$ 

457,261 
80,331 
53,914 

0.91 
0.90 

$ 

$ 

525,848 
106,146 
72,956 

1.22 
1.21 

$ 

$ 

409,759
48,358
22,397

0.37
0.37

The following are key factors aff ecting the comparability of quarterly 
fi nancial results.

• 

• 

 The Company’s operations in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
representing 91% of the Company’s consolidated revenue in 2014, 
are largely project-based. The nature and timing of projects can result 
in variability in the Company’s quarterly revenue and profi tability. In 
addition, certain of the Company’s operations are subject to a degree 
of seasonality, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

 Over 83% of the Company’s revenue in 2014 was transacted in 
currencies other than Canadian dollars, with a majority transacted in 
US dollars. Changes in the rates of exchange between the Canadian 
dollar and other currencies could have a signifi cant eff ect on the 
amount of this revenue when it is translated into Canadian dollars. 
See Section 2.2 – Foreign Exchange Impact, for additional information 
with respect to the eff ects of foreign exchange fl uctuations on the 
results of the Company.

6.1  Fourth Quarter Highlights
Highlights of the Company’s 2014 fourth quarter include: 

Fourth Quarter 2014 Versus Fourth Quarter 2013
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue increased by $90.2 million, or 
22%, from $409.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2013, to 
$500.0 million during the fourth quarter of 2014, due to an increase 

of $88.1 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and an 
increase of $2.3 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment. 
Consolidated revenue benefi tted from the impact on translation of 
foreign operations from the weakening Canadian dollar as noted in 
section 2.2 above. Pipeline and Pipe Services segment revenue in the 
fourth quarter of 2014 was $458.6 million, or 24% higher than in the 
fourth quarter of 2013, due to increased activity in North America, 
Latin America and EMAR, partially off set by lower revenue in Asia 
Pacifi c. See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment for 
additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

 Petrochemical and Industrial segment revenue increased by 
$2.3 million, or 6%, during the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to 
the fourth quarter of 2013, due to higher activity levels in all three 
regions. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial Segment 
for additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in 
the Petrochemical and Industrial segment. 

• 

 Operating Income: During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, 
the Company recorded impairment charges of $41.4 million and 
$79.0 million, respectively. Excluding these charges, Adjusted 
Operating Income increased by $9.8 million, from $48.4 million in 
the fourth quarter of 2013 to $58.1 million during the fourth quarter 
of 2014. Adjusted Operating Income benefi tted from an increase 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in gross profi t of $14.6 million, a decrease in SG&A expenses of 
$2.7 million, lower amortization of property, plant, equipment and 
intangible assets of $1.0 million and a decrease in research and 
development expenses of $1.9 million. These gains were partially 
off set by a decrease in net foreign exchange gains of $5.9 million and 
lower gain on sale of land of $4.5 million. The increase in gross profi t 
resulted from the increase in revenue of $90.2 million, as explained 
above, partially off set by a 4.2 percentage point decrease in gross 
margin, attributable to lower gross margin in the Pipeline and Pipe 
Services segment’s EMAR region as noted above and changes in 
product and project mix in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment’s 
Asia Pacifi c region, which had benefi tted from high gross margins 
on the Inpex Ichthys projects in 2013. SG&A expenses decreased by 
$2.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to the fourth 
quarter of 2013. The reduction in SG&A expenses was due to the 
inclusion in the fourth quarter of 2013 of restructuring costs and 
amended executive retirement arrangements of $10.7 million and, due 
to a year over year reduction in management incentive compensation 
of $13.9 million. This was partially off set by increases of $4.7 million 
from the Desert NDT acquisition, restructuring costs related to 
personnel reductions and facility closures of $3.5 million, higher 
personnel related costs of $5.1 million, higher rental and building 
costs primarily associated with the increased activity in EMAR of 
$4.4 million and higher legal, professional consulting and licensing 
fees of $2.4 million. 

 Finance Costs: In the fourth quarter of 2014, net fi nance cost was 
$3.8 million, compared to a net fi nance cost of $5.4 million during the 
fourth quarter of 2013. The decrease in net fi nance cost was primarily 
a result of lower interest expenses on bank loans and overdrafts, due 
to the repayment of bank loans and overdrafts from the proceeds of 
common shares issued in September and October of 2014, partially 
off set by higher interest on long term debt due to the strengthening 
of the US dollar.

 Income Taxes: The Company recorded an income tax recovery of 
$22.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to an income 
tax expense of $10.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2013. Excluding 
the impact of impairment charges ($97.9 million, deferred tax of 
$27.9 million), the Company recorded an income tax expense of 
$5.7 million (11% of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter 
of 2014 compared to an income tax expense of $10.3 million (28% 
of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter of 2013. This 
eff ective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2014 was lower than the 
Company’s expected eff ective income tax rate of 27%, primarily due 
to a portion of the Company’s taxable income being earned in the 
Middle East and other jurisdictions where the tax rate is 25% or less 
combined with tax losses in certain jurisdictions where the tax rate is 
higher than 35%.

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $43.0 million, from 
$22.4 million during the fourth quarter of 2013 to a net loss of 
$20.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2014. This decrease was 
mainly due to the impairment charges recorded in the fourth quarter 
of 2014 of $79.0 million and the increase in loss from investment 
in joint ventures of $13.5 million, driven mainly by the Venezuela 
impairment. This was partially off set by the higher Adjusted Operating 
Income in the fourth quarter of 2014, as explained in section 4.1 
above, lower net fi nance costs of $1.6 million, lower income tax 

• 

• 

• 

expense of $32.5 million and the impact of changes in non controlling 
interest of $4.6 million.

Fourth Quarter 2014 Versus Third Quarter 2014
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue increased 6%, or $30.4 million, from 
$469.6 million during the third quarter of 2014 to $500.0 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2014, due to increases of $33.9 million 
in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, partially off set by a 
decrease of $3.5 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment. 
Consolidated revenue benefi tted from the impact on translation of 
foreign operations from the weakening Canadian dollar as noted 
in section 2.2 above. Pipeline and Pipe Services segment revenue 
increased by 8%, or $33.9 million, from $424.7 million in the third 
quarter of 2014 to $458.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2014, due 
to higher activity levels in EMAR, partially off set by decreased activity 
in Asia Pacifi c, North America and Latin America. See Section 4.2.1 
– Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment for additional disclosure with 
respect to the change in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment. Petrochemical and Industrial segment revenue was lower 
by $3.5 million, or 8%, in the fourth quarter of 2014, compared to the 
third quarter of 2014, mainly due to lower revenues of $2.5 million 
in North America and $1.3 million in EMAR, partially off set by higher 
activity in the Asia Pacifi c region. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and 
Industrial Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change 
in revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

• 

 Operating Income: During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, 
the Company recorded impairment charges of $41.4 million and 
$79.0 million, respectively. Excluding these charges, Adjusted 
Operating Income increased by $5.8 million, from $52.3 million during 
the third quarter of 2014 to $58.1 million in the fourth quarter of 
2014. Adjusted Operating Income benefi tted from an increase in 
gross profi t of $8.3 million, a decrease in research and development 
expenses of $0.8 million, lower amortization of property, plant, 
equipment and intangible assets of $0.7 million and a gain on sale 
of land of $0.6 million, but was impacted by an increase in SG&A 
expenses of $3.8 million and a decrease in net foreign exchange gains 
of $0.8 million. The increase in gross profi t resulted from the increase 
in revenue of $30.4 million, as explained above, partially off set by 
a 0.5 percentage point decrease in the gross margin from the third 
quarter of 2014. The decrease in the gross margin percentage was 
primarily due to lower gross margin in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment’s EMAR region as a result of project launch costs and 
revenue earned under a cost recovery contract from BP to upgrade 
a facility in Azerbaijan for the execution in 2015 of the $200 million 
Shah Deniz project described in Section 3.0 – Business Developments. 
SG&A expenses increased by $3.8 million, from $96.5 million in 
the third quarter of 2014 to $100.3 million in the fourth quarter of 
2014, due in part to higher rental and building costs related to the 
new facilities in the Caspian of $2.2 million, an increase in legal, 
professional consulting, advertisement and communication expenses 
of $2.7 million and higher travel, inventory obsolescence, customs 
and other expenses of $4.2 million. In addition, in the third quarter of 
2014, recoveries were recorded for deferred consideration, research 
tax credits and other items of $2.1 million. These sources of SG&A 
increases were partially off set by lower long term management 
incentive compensation of $7.0 million.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

37

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

• 

• 

• 

 Finance Costs: In the fourth quarter of 2014, net fi nance cost was 
$3.8 million, compared to a net fi nance cost of $6.2 million during the 
third quarter of 2014. The decrease in net fi nance cost was primarily 
a result of lower interest expenses on bank loans and overdrafts, due 
to the repayment of bank loans and overdrafts from the proceeds of 
common shares issued in September and October of 2014 and higher 
interest income on short term deposits. 

 Income Taxes: The Company recorded an income tax recovery of 
$22.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to an income 
tax expense of $2.7 million in the third quarter of 2014. Excluding 
the impact of impairment charges ($97.9 million, deferred tax of 
$27.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 compared to $41.4 
million, deferred tax of $12.0 million in the third quarter of 2014), the 
Company recorded an income tax expense of $5.7 million (11% of 
income before income taxes) compared to an income tax expense of 
$14.7 million (29% of income before income taxes) in the third quarter 
of 2014. This eff ective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2014 was 
lower than the Company’s expected eff ective income tax rate of 27%, 
primarily due to a portion of the Company’s taxable income being 
earned in the Middle East and other jurisdictions where the tax rate 
is 25% or less combined with tax losses in certain jurisdictions where 
the tax rate is higher than 35%.

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $26.3 million, from $5.6 million 
during the third quarter of 2014 to a net loss of $20.7 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2014. This decrease was mainly due to the higher 
impairment charges recorded in the fourth quarter of $37.6 million, 
the increase in loss from investment in joint ventures pertaining to 
the Venezuela impairment of $18.9 million and the higher net loss 
on assets held for sale of $5.1 million. This was partially off set by the 
higher Adjusted Operating Income, as explained in section 4.1 above, 
lower net fi nance costs of $2.4 million and lower income tax expense 
of $25.0 million.

7.0 

 DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL 
CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The President and Chief Executive Offi  cer and the Vice President, 
Finance and Chief Financial Offi  cer, together with the management 
of the Company, have evaluated the eff ectiveness of the Company’s 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DC&Ps”) (as defi ned in the rules 
of the Canadian Securities Administrators) and the eff ectiveness of 
Internal Controls over Financial Reporting (“ICFRs”). Based on that 
evaluation, they have concluded that the Company’s DC&Ps were 
eff ective as at December 31, 2014. Furthermore, they have concluded 
that the Company’s ICFRs were eff ective as at December 31, 2014. There 
were no material changes in either the Company’s DC&Ps or its ICFRs 
during 2014.

8.0 

 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND 
ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1  Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated fi nancial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
aff ect the amounts of assets, liabilities and contingencies at the date 
of the fi nancial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and 
expenses during the period. These estimates and assumptions are made 

with management’s best judgment given the information available at the 
time; however, actual results could diff er from the estimates. 

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated fi nancial 
statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill
As at December 31, 2014, the Company had $1,034 million of long-lived 
assets and goodwill. The Company evaluates the carrying values of 
the Cash Generating Units’ (“CGU”) goodwill on an annual basis on 
October 31 of each year to determine whether or not impairment of 
these assets has occurred and whether write downs of the value of these 
assets are required. Similarly, the Company evaluates the carrying values 
of CGUs for long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could 
indicate impairment or reversal of impairment, and at each reporting 
date. These impairment tests include certain assumptions regarding 
discount rates and future cash fl ows generated by these assets in 
determining the value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell calculations. 
Actual results could diff er from these assumptions.

Employee Future Benefi t Obligations
As at December 31, 2014, the Company had $26.0 million of employee 
future benefi t obligations. The Company provides future benefi ts 
to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t arrangements. 
The calculation of the accrued benefi t obligations recognized in the 
consolidated fi nancial statements includes a number of assumptions 
regarding discount rates, long-term rates of return on pension plan 
assets, rates of employee compensation increases, rates of infl ation, and 
life expectancies. The outcome of any of these factors could diff er from 
the estimates used in the calculations and have an impact on operating 
expenses, non-current assets and non-current liabilities.

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities
As at December 31, 2014, the Company had $52.3 million of provisions; 
of this amount $15.0 million was included in current liabilities and 
$37.3 million was included in non-current liabilities. Provisions and 
liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the 
period when it becomes probable that there will be a future outfl ow 
of economic benefi ts resulting from past operations or events and the 
amount of the cash outfl ow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application 
of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject 
to change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are 
reviewed regularly and adjusted to take account of changing facts 
and circumstances. The Company is required to determine whether 
a loss is probable based on judgment and interpretation of laws and 
regulations and whether the loss can be reliably measured. When a loss 
is determined it is charged to the consolidated statement of income. 
The Company must continually monitor known and potential contingent 
matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when 
warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
As at December 31, 2014, the Company had decommissioning liabilities 
in the amount of $24.1 million; of this amount $3.6 million was included 
in the current provisions account and $20.5 million was recorded 
in the non-current provisions account. Decommissioning liabilities 
include legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased 
facilities. These have been recorded in the annual consolidated fi nancial 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

38

 
statements based on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these 
obligations. The amount recognized is the present value of estimated 
future expenditures required to settle the obligation using a current 
pre-tax risk free rate. A corresponding asset equal to the present value 
of the initial estimated liability is capitalized as part of the cost of the 
related long-lived asset. Changes in the estimated liability resulting from 
revisions to estimated timing or future decommissioning cost estimates 
are recognized as a change in the decommissioning liability and the 
related long-lived asset. The amount capitalized in property, plant and 
equipment is depreciated on a straight line basis over the useful life of 
the related asset. Increases in the decommissioning liabilities resulting 
from the passage of time are recognized as a fi nance cost in the 
consolidated statement of income. 

Actual expenditures incurred are charged against the accumulated 
decommissioning liability.

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its fi nancial 
instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate 
valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to 
develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing at 
the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair values 
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize 
in a current market exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be 
materially aff ected by the use of diff erent assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related 
to the impact in the current year of future events. Diff erences between 
the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax 
expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, earnings 
and losses in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates diff erent from 
those expected in Canada.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profi t will be available against which the 
losses can be utilized. Signifi cant management judgment is required to 
determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profi ts 
together with future tax planning strategies.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex 
tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of 
future taxable income. Given the wide range of international business 
relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing 
contractual agreements, diff erences arising between the actual results 
and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, 
could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense 
already recorded. The Company establishes provisions, based on 
reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the 
tax authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. 
The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as 
experience of previous tax audits and diff ering interpretations of tax 
regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. 
Such diff erences in interpretation may arise for a wide variety of 
issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective 
domicile of the respective companies.

8.2  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
IFRS 9, as issued, by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(“IASB”) replaces IAS 39 regarding the recognition and measurement 
of fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities. The standard is eff ective for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The Company 
has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated 
fi nancial statements. 

IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, which covers principles for 
reporting about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue 
and cash fl ows arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 is eff ective 
for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Company is 
in the process of reviewing the standard to determine the impact on the 
consolidated fi nancial statements.

IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 – Intangibles
In May 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38, 
prohibiting the use of revenue based depreciation for property, plant 
and equipment and signifi cantly limiting the use of revenue based 
amortization for intangible assets. These amendments are eff ective 
for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, and are to 
be applied prospectively. The Company is in the process of reviewing 
the amendments to determine the impact on the consolidated 
fi nancial statements.

8.3  New Accounting Standards Adopted

IFRIC Interpretation 21 Levies (IFRIC 21)
IFRIC 21 clarifi es that an entity recognises a liability for a levy when the 
activity that triggers payment, as identifi ed by the relevant legislation, 
occurs. For a levy that is triggered upon reaching a minimum threshold, 
the interpretation clarifi es that no liability should be anticipated before 
the specifi ed minimum threshold is reached. IFRIC 21 is eff ective for 
annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company’s 
adoption of IFRIC 21 did not have a material fi nancial impact on the 
Company’s consolidated fi nancial statements.

9.0  OUTLOOK

Following the record revenue achieved in 2014, the decline in global oil 
prices that started in the fourth quarter of 2014 will cause a decline in 
drilling and well completions in 2015 which will likely cause ShawCor’s 
revenue to decline on a year over year basis. The impact of the downturn 
will be primarily focused on the Company’s activity in North America as 
described more fully below. Outside of North America, the Company’s 
performance will largely be determined by its execution of the projects 
that are in the order backlog. ShawCor enters 2015 with a very strong 
backlog at $766 million, which provides support for 2015 activity levels, 
particularly in the Company’s EMAR region which accounts for over 
60% of the current order backlog. The growth in revenue in this region 
will help reduce the impact on revenue of the North American oilfi eld 
downturn. However, on a year over year basis, there is risk that income 
from operations could decrease at a greater rate than revenue. Any 
decrease in North American small diameter pipe coating, composite 
pipe, or gathering line weld inspection revenue would be expected to 
have an overall dilutive eff ect on consolidated operating margins given 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

39

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

prevailing margin levels in these businesses and due to the negative 
eff ects of facility and crew utilization on the absorption of fi xed costs. 
To mitigate this eff ect as much as possible, the Company will monitor 
activity levels and undertake further measures to reduce its cost 
structure in these businesses as activity levels decline.

Beyond 2015, the Company continues to believe that global oil and 
gas infrastructure investment will increase to bridge the increasing gap 
between global energy supply and growing energy demand in developing 
economies. Further support for global energy infrastructure investment 
will emerge as existing infrastructure ages. Finally, the curtailment 
in investment as a result of the global oil price decline will reverse as 
the inevitable impact of hydrocarbon reservoir depletion reduces the 
current excess of global supply over demand. In this environment, the 
Company’s businesses that are impacted by the downturn in 2015 
should recover. This expected recovery, coupled with the continued fl ow 
of large pipe coating project activity and execution of the Company’s 
strategy to expand its pipeline products and services off ering, should 
create the conditions for the Company’s long term growth in revenue 
and shareholder returns to continue.

Further detail on the outlook for the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment by region and in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment 
is set out below:

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – North America
In 2014, ShawCor’s North American Pipeline segment businesses 
generated solid revenue growth over 2013 levels. Much of this growth 
was attributable to growth in businesses that are closely related to the 
completion of new oil and gas wells. These businesses include Canadian 
and US small diameter pipe coating and joint protection, Flexpipe 
composite pipe, Guardian OCTG pipe inspection and refurbishment 
and the Desert NDT gathering line girth weld inspection service. Desert 
NDT was acquired in early July 2014. If its revenue was considered on 
a full year basis, then ShawCor’s activities that are leveraged to well 
completions would have contributed approximately $500 million in 
annualized revenue. A decrease in the number of wells completed can be 
expected to have an impact on this revenue level and with the number 
of drilling rigs active in North America projected to decrease by up to 
50%, we must expect that our North American Pipeline segment will be 
impacted signifi cantly. Also aff ecting North America Pipeline segment 
revenue will be a decrease in activity at the Company’s Channelview 
Gulf of Mexico deepwater insulation coating plant, which is currently 
completing several large projects, and the likelihood that activity in 
2015 and 2016 will be limited to smaller tie-back projects as energy 
companies defer larger greenfi eld projects pending more certainty 
on oil prices. 

The one area of North American activity that is expected to show 
continued strength is the build out of large diameter transmission 
pipeline infrastructure and the increasing investment on the 
refurbishment of existing infrastructure. The Company’s pipe coating 
and pipeline integrity management businesses are well positioned to 
benefi t from this trend.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Latin America
During 2014, the Company’s Latin America region benefi ted from 
increased off shore and large diameter gas transmission pipeline projects 
in Mexico, over $20 million in revenue from the execution of the 
Sapinhoa deepwater insulation coating project in Brazil, and increased 
shipments of Flexpipe composite pipe to Latin America. In 2015, these 
sources of revenue are expected to weaken modestly, although the 
impact on overall region revenue will be partially mitigated by growth 
in Argentina expected from the execution of a series of large diameter 
pipe coating projects that are expected to contribute up to $40 million 
in revenue.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – EMAR
The Company expects that its EMAR region will produce strong revenue 
and operating earnings growth in 2015 over 2014 levels, with revenue 
potentially reaching the $500 million level. Primary drivers of growth will 
be the large pipe coating projects that have been booked for BP’s Shah 
Deniz gas fi eld development in Azerbaijan combined with pipe coating 
and joint protection projects for the two South Stream gas pipelines 
in the Black Sea. The Shah Deniz projects are expected to provide over 
US$500 million in pipe coating revenue to ShawCor with revenue of 
over $280 million planned for execution in 2015 and over $200 million 
planned for execution in 2016 and beyond. Expected revenue in 2015 
from the South Stream pipeline projects is approximately $114 million. 
This work is presently under suspension pursuant to the contract terms. 
The timing of the execution of this work is subject to signifi cant risk, 
including the risk that the project may be cancelled. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Asia Pacifi c
With the completion in 2014 of the Inpex Ichthys fl owlines project, the 
Company has now completed all pipe coating activity associated with 
the large Ichthys and Wheatstone Australian LNG projects that produced 
over $640 million in revenue, including over $130 million in 2014. With 
this work now largely complete, the Company expects that until new 
large projects develop, the Asia Pacifi c region will revert to historical 
levels of revenue in the annual range of $200 million. Although the 
Company has visibility on a number of large projects in the region, these 
projects are not expected to become production opportunities in 2015 
and thus we can expect a decline in revenue versus 2014 levels for 2015 
and possibly 2016.

Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
ShawCor’s Petrochemical and Industrial segment businesses are 
signifi cantly exposed to demand in the North American and European 
automotive, industrial and nuclear refurbishment markets. The Company 
expects that demand in the global industrial markets served by the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment businesses will enable the 
Company to achieve modest growth in both revenue and operating 
income in 2015 compared with 2014 as a result of growth in global 
automotive and industrial markets off setting weakness in Western 
Canadian wire and cable shipments for oil sands developments. 

Order Backlog
The Company’s order backlog consists of fi rm customer orders only 
and represents the revenue the Company expects to realize on booked 
orders over the succeeding twelve months. The Company reports the 
twelve month billable backlog because it provides a leading indicator 
of signifi cant changes in consolidated revenue. The order backlog at 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

40

 
December 31, 2014 increased to $766 million from $739 million at 
September 30, 2014 and from $617 million at the beginning of the year. 
In addition to the backlog, the Company currently holds booked orders 
of approximately $232 million for execution beyond twelve months 
and thus excluded from the backlog. The majority of these orders relate 
to the fl ow assurance pipe coating scope of work for the Shah Deniz 
project. Note that the backlog includes booked orders relating to pipe 
coating and joint protection for the South Stream pipelines that are 
currently under suspension. The value of these orders included in 
the backlog is approximately $114 million and the risk exists that the 
orders could be cancelled or that project execution could be delayed 
beyond 2015.

In addition to the backlog, the Company closely monitors its bidding 
activity with the value of outstanding fi rm bids currently in excess of 
$800 million. Although the Company continues to work with customers 
on projects with aggregate values exceeding $2 billion, the amount of 
fi rm bids outstanding has declined modestly from the start of the quarter 
as infrastructure projects globally are increasingly being reassessed 
by global energy companies who are seeking to reduce capital costs 
and project execution risks. The Company remains optimistic that the 
additional time being invested to ensure project success will ultimately 
enable these projects to proceed with a corresponding positive impact 
on ShawCor’s large project activity beyond 2015.

10.0  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Operating in an international environment, servicing predominantly 
the oil and gas industry, ShawCor faces a number of business risks and 
uncertainties that could materially and adversely aff ect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The following summarizes the Company’s risks and uncertainties and 
how it manages and mitigates each risk:

10.1  Economic Risks
A decline in global drilling activity as a consequence of lower global oil 
and gas prices would have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
drilling activity, which, in turn depends on global oil and gas demand, 
prices and production depletion rates. Lower drilling activity decreases 
demand for the Company’s products and services, including small 
diameter pipe coating, composite pipe, gathering line weld inspection 
and tubular inspection and inventory management services. These 
business activities represented approximately 25% of 2014 revenues.

Cancellation of South Stream Off shore Pipeline Project

During the year ended December 31, 2014, ShawCor was awarded 
several contracts in connection with the South Stream Off shore Pipeline 
Project. Expected revenue from the South Stream pipeline projects is 
approximately $125 million. This work is presently under suspension 
pursuant to the contract terms. The timing of the execution of this work 
is subject to signifi cant risk and the contracts could be cancelled.

An economic downturn or a continued global decline in energy 
prices could adversely aff ect demand for the Company’s products 
and services and, consequently, its projections, business, results of 
operations and fi nancial condition.

Demand for oil and natural gas is infl uenced by numerous factors, 
including the North American and worldwide economies as well as 
activities of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”). 
Economic declines impact demand for oil and natural gas and result in a 
softening of oil and gas prices and projected oil and gas drilling activity. 
If economic conditions or international markets decline unexpectedly, 
the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial 
condition could be materially adversely aff ected. In addition, if actions 
by OPEC and other oil producers to increase production of oil adversely 
aff ect world oil prices or result in the maintenance of existing prices, 
additional declines in rig counts could result, and the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition could 
be materially adversely aff ected. Similarly, demand for the products 
of the Petrochemical and Industrial segment’s businesses is largely 
dependent on the level of general economic activity in North America 
and Europe. Decreases in economic activity in these regions could result 
in signifi cant decreases in activity levels in these businesses.

A cyclical decline in the level of global pipeline construction could 
have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, 
results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
pipeline construction activity which in turn relates to the growth in 
demand for oil and natural gas and the availability of new supplies 
to meet this increased demand. Reductions in capital spending by 
producers could dampen demand for the Company’s products and 
services supplied in pipeline markets.

Revenue generated by the Company’s Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment accounted for 91% of consolidated sales in 2014. With this 
proportion expected to continue, the Company’s revenue is materially 
dependent on the global Pipeline and Pipe Services industry. Any 
reduction in the anticipated growth in pipeline market activity could 
have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, 
results of operations and fi nancial condition.

Increases in the prices and/or shortages in the supply of raw materials 
used in the Company’s manufacturing processes could adversely aff ect 
the competitiveness of the Company, its ability to serve its customers’ 
needs and its fi nancial performance.

The Company purchases a broad range of materials and components 
throughout the world in connection with its manufacturing activities. 
Major items include polyolefi n and other polymeric resins, iron ore, 
cement, adhesives, sealants and copper and other nonferrous wire. 
The ability of suppliers to meet performance and quality specifi cations 
and delivery schedules is important to the maintenance of customer 
satisfaction. While the materials required for its manufacturing 
operations have generally been readily available, cyclical swings in 
supply and demand can produce short-term shortages and/or price 
spikes. The Company’s ability to pass on any such price increases may 
be restricted in the short term.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

41

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The Company’s material fi nancing agreements contain fi nancial and 
other covenants that, if breached by the Company, may require the 
Company to redeem, repay, repurchase or refi nance its existing debt 
obligations prior to their scheduled maturity. The Company’s ability 
to refi nance such obligations may be restricted due to prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors.

The Company is party to a number of fi nancing agreements which 
contain fi nancial or other covenants. If the Company was to breach the 
fi nancial or other covenants contained in its fi nancing agreements, the 
Company may be required to redeem, repay, repurchase or refi nance 
its existing debt obligations prior to their scheduled maturity and the 
Company’s ability to do so may be restricted or limited by the prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors. 
If the Company is unable to refi nance any of the Company’s debt 
obligations in such circumstances, its ability to make capital expenditures 
and its fi nancial condition and cash fl ows could be adversely impacted. 
If future debt fi nancing is not available to the Company when required 
or is not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to 
grow its business, take advantage of business opportunities, respond 
to competitive pressure or refi nance maturing debt, any of which could 
have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s operating results and 
fi nancial condition.

Economic Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate economic risks. However, the 
Company maintains a competitive geographical presence in a diverse 
number of regions and has implemented several systems and processes 
to manage operational risks and to achieve continuous improvements in 
operational eff ectiveness in addition to various cost reduction initiatives. 
Through these eff orts, economic risk is mitigated. 

Refer to Section 1.5 – Capability to Deliver Results, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s systems and processes. 

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks
The Company could be subject to substantial liability claims, which 
could adversely aff ect its projections, business, results of operations 
and fi nancial condition.

Some of the Company’s products are used in hazardous applications 
where an accident or a failure of a product could cause personal injury, 
loss of life, damage to property, equipment or the environment, as 
well as the suspension of the end-user’s operations. If the Company’s 
products were to be involved in any of these diffi  culties, the Company 
could face litigation and may be held liable for those losses. The 
Company’s insurance coverage may not be adequate in risk coverage or 
policy limits to cover all losses or liabilities that it may incur. Moreover, 
the Company may not be able in the future to maintain insurance at 
levels of risk coverage or policy limits that management deems adequate. 
Any claims made under the Company’s policies likely will cause its 
premiums to increase. Any future damages deemed to be caused by the 
Company’s products or services that are not covered by insurance, or 
that are in excess of policy limits or subject to substantial deductibles, 
could have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The Company is subject to litigation and could be subject to future 
litigation and signifi cant potential fi nancial liability.

From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and legal 
proceedings that it considers to be a part of the ordinary course of 
business. Although none of the litigation or legal proceedings in which 
the Company is currently involved could reasonably be expected to have 
a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, results 
of operations or fi nancial condition, the Company may, however, become 
involved in material legal proceedings in the future. Such proceedings 
may include, for example, product liability claims and claims relating to 
the existence or use of hazardous materials on the Company’s property 
or in its operations, as well as intellectual property disputes and other 
material legal proceedings with competitors, customers, employees 
and governmental entities. These proceedings could arise from the 
Company’s current or former actions and operations or the actions or 
operations of businesses and entities acquired by the Company prior 
to acquisition. The Company maintains insurance it believes to be 
commercially reasonable and customary; however, such coverage may 
be inadequate for or inapplicable to particular claims.

Litigation and Legal Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate legal risks. However, the 
Company maintains adequate commercial insurance to mitigate most 
adverse litigation and legal risks.

10.3  HSE Risks
The Company is subject to Health, Safety and Environmental laws and 
regulations that expose it to potential fi nancial liability.

The Company’s operations are regulated under a number of federal, 
provincial, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, 
which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials 
into the air and water as well as the handling, storage and disposal of 
hazardous materials. Compliance with these environmental laws is a 
major consideration in the manufacturing of the Company’s products, 
as the Company uses, generates, stores and disposes of hazardous 
substances and wastes in its operations. The Company may be subject 
to material fi nancial liability for any investigation and clean-up of 
such hazardous materials. In addition, many of the Company’s current 
and former properties are or have been used for industrial purposes. 
Accordingly, the Company also may be subject to fi nancial liabilities 
relating to the investigation and remediation of hazardous materials 
resulting from the actions of previous owners or operators of industrial 
facilities on those sites. Liability in certain instances may be imposed on 
the Company regardless of the legality of the original actions relating 
to the hazardous or toxic substances or whether or not the Company 
knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of those substances. The 
Company is also subject to various Canadian and US federal, provincial, 
state and local laws and regulations as well as foreign laws and 
regulations relating to safety and health conditions in its manufacturing 
facilities. Those laws and regulations may also subject the Company to 
material fi nancial penalties or liabilities for any non-compliance, as well 
as potential business disruption if any of its facilities or a portion of any 
facility is required to be temporarily closed as a result of any violation 
of those laws and regulations. Any such fi nancial liability or business 
disruption could have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

42

 
Demand for the Company’s products and services could be adversely 
aff ected by changes to Canadian, US or other countries’ laws or 
regulations pertaining to the emission of Carbon Dioxide and other 
Greenhouse Gases (“GHGs”) into the atmosphere.

Although the Company is not a large producer of GHGs, the products 
and services of the Company’s production are mainly related to the 
transmission of hydrocarbons including crude oil and natural gas, whose 
ultimate consumption are major sources of GHG emissions. Changes in 
the regulations concerning the release of GHGs into the atmosphere, 
including the introduction of so-called carbon taxes or limitations 
over the emissions of GHGs, may adversely impact the demand for 
hydrocarbons and ultimately, the demand for the Company’s products 
and services.

HSE Risk Mitigation
To minimize risks associated with HSE matters, the Company has 
implemented a comprehensive audit program in which it has completed 
detailed environmental audits at manufacturing and service locations 
across all nine divisions. Furthermore, the Company is committed to 
being an IIF workplace.

10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks
The Company’s operations may experience interruptions due to 
political, economic or other risks, which could adversely aff ect 
the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition.

During 2014, the Company derived over 34% of its total revenue from 
its facilities outside Canada, the US and Western Europe. In addition, 
part of the Company’s sales from its locations in Canada and the US 
were for use in other countries. The Company’s operations in certain 
international locations are subject to various political and economic 
conditions existing in those countries that could disrupt operations. 
These risks include:

•  currency fl uctuations and devaluations;

•  currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profi ts; 

•  political instability and civil unrest;

•  hostile or terrorist activities; and

•  restrictions on foreign operations.

In addition, the Company is specifi cally exposed to risks relating to 
economic or political developments in Argentina, Azerbaijan, Venezuela, 
and other developing countries. 

The Company’s foreign operations may suff er disruptions and may incur 
losses that would not be covered by insurance. In particular, civil unrest 
in politically unstable countries may increase the possibility that the 
Company’s operations could be interrupted or adversely aff ected. The 
impact of such disruptions could include the Company’s inability to 
ship products in a timely and cost eff ective manner, its inability to place 
contractors and employees in various countries or regions, or result in 
the need for evacuations or similar disruptions. 

Any material currency fl uctuations or devaluations or political unrest 
that may disrupt oil and gas exploration and production or the 
movement of funds and assets could materially adversely aff ect 
the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition.

The Company’s North American operations could be aff ected by 
regulatory approval processes that could delay or prevent the 
construction of new pipeline infrastructure.

The Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition could be adversely aff ected by actions under 
Canadian, US, European or other trade laws.

The Company is a Canadian-based company with signifi cant operations 
in the United States. The Company also owns and operates international 
manufacturing operations that support its Canadian, US and European 
operations. If actions under Canadian, US, European or other trade laws 
were instituted that limited the Company’s access to the materials or 
products necessary for such manufacturing operations, the Company’s 
ability to meet its customers’ specifi cations and delivery requirements 
would be reduced. Any such reduction in the Company’s ability to meet 
its customers’ specifi cations and delivery requirements could have a 
material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, results 
of operations and fi nancial condition.

Political and Regulatory Risk Mitigation
The Company manages political and regulatory risks by working with 
government, regulators and other parties to resolve issues, if any. In 
addition, the Company ensures that it is compliant with the laws and 
regulations within the jurisdictions where it operates.

11.0  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

As at December 31, 2014, the provisions on the annual consolidated 
balance sheet related to environmental matters and included as 
decommissioning liability obligations were $24.1 million. The Company 
believes these provisions to be suffi  cient to fully satisfy all liabilities 
related to known environmental matters.

The total undiscounted cash fl ows estimated to settle all 
decommissioning liabilities is $42.0 million as at December 31, 2014. 
The current pre-tax risk-free rates at which the estimated cash fl ows 
have been discounted range between 0.45% and 9.95%. Settlement 
for all decommissioning liabilities is expected to be funded by future 
cash fl ows from the Company’s operations. The Company expects 
the following cash outfl ows on the next fi ve years and thereafter for 
decommissioning liabilities.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
More than fi ve years 

December 31,
2014

$ 

3,627
4,573
907
4,464
1,165
27,232

$ 

41,968

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

12.0  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Company reports on certain non-GAAP measures that are used to evaluate its performance and segments, as well as to determine compliance 
with debt covenants and to manage the capital structure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed by GAAP and are not 
necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. The following is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures reported by 
the Company. 

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted EPS and Adjusted Operating Income
Three Months Ended  
December 31, 

Year Ended
December 31,

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net (loss) income for the period(b) 
Add: 
Income taxes (recovery) expense 
Finance costs, net 
Amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment  
Impairment of investments in joint ventures 
EBITDA(a) 

Non-controlling interests 
Loss (gain) on assets held for sale 
ADJUSTED EBITDA(a) 

Net (loss) income for the period(b) 
Add: 
Impairment 
Impairment of investment in joint ventures 
Deduct: 
Deferred Tax Recovery  
Adjusted Net Income 
Adjusted EPS (Diluted)(c) 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013

$ 

(20,652) 

$ 

22,397 

$ 

94,861 

$ 

219,862

(22,253) 
3,813 
18,389 
(609) 
78,999 
18,948 

10,278 
5,387 
19,354 
(5,156) 
– 
– 

21,010 
18,401 
70,806 
(609) 
120,378 
18,948 

78,402
14,912
76,796
(5,156)
–
–

$ 

76,635 

$ 

52,260 

$ 

343,795 

$ 

384,816

(849) 
593 

76,379 

(20,652) 

78,999 
18,948 

(27,931) 

49,364 

0.76 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,757 
1,122 

57,139 

22,397 

– 
– 

– 

22,397 

0.37 

(667) 
(6,427) 

336,701 

94,861 

120,378 
18,948 

(39,925) 

194,262 

3.14 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,724
3,683

391,223

219,862

$ 

$ 

–
–

–

$ 

$ 

219,862

3.51

(a)  Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools.
(b) Attributable to shareholders of the Company.
(c)  Adjusted EPS is Adjusted Net Income divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (diluted).

EBITDA and ADJUSTED EBITDA
EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defi ned as earnings before interest, 
income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is also 
a non-GAAP measure defi ned as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational 
items and non-controlling interest. The Company believes that EBITDA 
and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures that provide a 

meaningful indication of the Company’s results from principal business 
activities prior to the consideration of how these activities are fi nanced 
or the tax impacts in various jurisdictions. The Company presents 
Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of EBITDA that excludes the impact of 
transactions that are outside the Company’s normal course of business 
and adjusted for non-controlling interest. 

Adjusted Operating Income

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

(Loss) Income from Operations   

Add: 
Impairment 
  Adjusted Operating Income 

Three Months Ended  
December 31, 

Year Ended
December 31,

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013

$ 

(20,868) 

$ 

48,358 

$ 

148,676 

$ 

323,457

78,999 
58,131 

$ 

– 
48,358 

120,378 
269,054 

$ 

$ 

–

$ 

323,457

Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”)
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defi ned as net income adjusted for after 
tax interest expense divided by average invested capital over the year 
and is used by the Company to assess the effi  ciency of generating 
profi ts from each unit of invested capital. 

The following table sets forth the calculation of the Company’s ROIC 
as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2014 

2013

Net income for the year adjusted 
for after-tax interest expense 

Average invested capital 

ROIC 

109,093 
$ 
$  1,277,684 

$ 
$ 

8.5% 

231,752
987,819

23.5%

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”)
DSO is defi ned as the number of days trade accounts receivable are 
outstanding based on a 90 day cycle and is calculated by dividing the 
average trade accounts receivable balance for the quarter by the revenue 
for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. DSO approximates 
the measure of the average number of days from when the Company 
recognizes revenue until the cash is collected from the customer. The 
following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s DSO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

2014 

Revenue for the fourth quarter 
Average trade accounts receivable 

$ 
$ 

499,964 
341,218 

$ 
$ 

DSO 

61 

2013

409,759
248,944

55

Days Payables Outstanding (“DPO”)
DPO is defi ned as the average number of days from when purchased 
goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers 
based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing the average 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the quarter by the cost 
of goods sold for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. The 
following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s DPO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Cost of goods sold for the fourth quarter 
Average accounts payable 
  and accrued liabilities 

$ 

$ 

DPO 

2014 

322,725 

261,088 

73 

$ 

$ 

2013

247,114

240,639

88

Working Capital Ratio
Working capital ratio is defi ned as current assets divided by current 
liabilities. This metric provides management with an indication of the 
current liquidity available to the Company before considering long-term 
debt. The following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s 
working capital ratio as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2014 

Current assets 
Current liabilities 

Working capital ratio 

$ 
$ 

813,628 
434,895 

$ 
$ 

1.87 

 2013

718,558
451,069

1.59

13.0  FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This document includes certain statements that refl ect management’s 
expectations and objectives for the Company’s future performance, 
opportunities and growth, which statements constitute “forward looking 
information” and “forward looking statements” (collectively “forward 
looking information”) under applicable securities laws. Such statements, 
other than statements of historical fact, are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward looking information 
involves estimates, assumptions, judgments and uncertainties. These 
statements may be identifi ed by the use of forward looking terminology 
such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “believe”, “predict”, 
“estimate”, “continue”, “intend”, “plan” and variations of these words or 
other similar expressions. Specifi cally, this document includes forward 
looking information in the Outlook section and elsewhere in respect of, 
among other things, the timing of major project activity, the suffi  ciency 

of resources, capacity and capital to meet market demand, to meet 
contractual obligations and to execute the Company’s development and 
growth strategy, the suffi  ciency of the Company’s human resources, 
systems and processes to operate its business and execute its strategic 
plan, the impact of the existing order backlog and other factors on the 
Company’s revenue and Operating Income in 2015, the impact of any 
potential cancellation of contracts included in the order backlog, and in 
the longer term, the impact of global economic activity on the demand 
for the Company’s products, the impact of the decline in global oil and 
gas commodity prices on the level of industry investment in oil and gas 
infrastructure, the impact of the SAIS acquisition on the market position 
of the SPS division, the impact of the Desert acquisition on future 
earnings per share, the impact of changing energy demand, supply and 
prices, the impact and likelihood of changes in competitive conditions 
in the markets in which the Company participates, the impact of 
instability in Argentina, Azerbaijan, and Venezuela and the adequacy of 
the Company’s existing accruals in respect of environmental compliance 
and in respect of litigation matters and other claims generally, the level 
of payments under the Company’s performance bonds, the outlook for 
revenue and Operating Income and the expected development in the 
Company’s order backlog.

Forward looking information involves known and unknown risks and 
uncertainties that could cause actual results to diff er materially from 
those predicted by the forward looking information. We caution 
readers not to place undue reliance on forward looking information as 
a number of factors could cause actual events, results and prospects 
to diff er materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward 
looking information. Signifi cant risks facing the Company include, but 
are not limited to: the impact on the Company of reduced demand for 
its products and services as a result of lower investment in global oil 
and gas extraction and transportation activity following the signifi cant 
decline in the global price of oil and gas in the fourth quarter of 2014 
and early 2015, long term changes in global or regional economic activity 
and changes in energy supply and demand, which impact on the level 
of global pipeline infrastructure construction; exposure to product and 
other liability claims; shortages of or signifi cant increases in the prices 
of raw materials used by the Company; compliance with environmental, 
trade and other laws; political, economic and other risks arising from the 
Company’s international operations; fl uctuations in foreign exchange 
rates, as well as other risks and uncertainties, as more fully described 
under the heading “Risks and Uncertainties” and included in the 
Company’s annual MD&A.

These statements of forward looking information are based on 
assumptions, estimates and analysis made by management in light of its 
experience and perception of trends, current conditions and expected 
developments as well as other factors believed to be reasonable and 
relevant in the circumstances. These assumptions include those in 
respect of global oil and gas prices, global economic recovery, increased 
investment in global energy infrastructure, the Company’s ability to 
execute projects under contract, the reactivation of the South Stream 
contracts, the continued supply of and stable pricing for commodities 
used by the Company, the availability of personnel resources suffi  cient 
for the Company to operate its businesses, the maintenance of 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

operations in major oil and gas producing regions and the ability of 
the Company to satisfy all covenants under its credit facilities and the 
Senior Notes. The Company believes that the expectations refl ected in 
the forward looking information are based on reasonable assumptions 
in light of currently available information. However, should one or more 
risks materialize or should any assumptions prove incorrect, then actual 
results could vary materially from those expressed or implied in the 
forward looking information included in this document and the Company 
can give no assurance that such expectations will be achieved.

When considering the forward looking information in making decisions 
with respect to the Company, readers should carefully consider the 
foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. The 
Company does not assume the obligation to revise or update forward 
looking information after the date of this document or to revise it to 
refl ect the occurrence of future unanticipated events, except as may be 
required under applicable securities laws.

To the extent any forward looking information in this document 
constitutes future oriented fi nancial information or fi nancial outlooks, 
within the meaning of securities laws, such information is being provided 
to demonstrate the potential of the Company and readers are cautioned 
that this information may not be appropriate for any other purpose. 
Future oriented fi nancial information and fi nancial outlooks, as with 
forward looking information generally, are based on the assumptions 
and subject to the risks noted above.

14.0  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to the Company, including its Annual 
Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

March 4th, 2015

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

46

 
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MANAGEMENT’S 
RESPONSIBILITY FOR 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying consolidated fi nancial statements of ShawCor Ltd. included in this Annual Report are the responsibility of management and have 
been approved by the Board of Directors.

The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board. When alternative accounting methods exist, management has selected those it deems to be most 
appropriate in the circumstances. The consolidated fi nancial statements include estimates based on the experience and judgment of management 
in order to ensure that the fi nancial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects. Financial information presented elsewhere in the annual 
report is consistent with that in the consolidated fi nancial statements.

The management of the Company and its subsidiaries developed and continues to maintain systems of internal accounting controls and management 
practices designed to provide reasonable assurance that the fi nancial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and that the Company’s assets are 
appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors exercises its responsibilities for ensuring that management fulfi ls its responsibilities for fi nancial reporting and internal control 
with the assistance of its Audit Committee. 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and all of its members are Directors who are not offi  cers or employees of ShawCor Ltd. or any of 
its subsidiaries. The Committee meets periodically to review quarterly fi nancial reports and to discuss internal controls over the fi nancial reporting 
process, auditing matters and fi nancial reporting issues. The Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated fi nancial statements and 
recommends their approval to the Board of Directors.

These fi nancial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP has full 
and free access to the Audit Committee. 

Stephen M. Orr 

Gary S. Love

President and Chief Executive Offi  cer 

Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Offi  cer

March 4, 2015 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

47

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

INDEPENDENT 
AUDITORS’ REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SHAWCOR LTD.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated fi nancial statements of ShawCor Ltd., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash fl ows for the years 
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and a summary of signifi cant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated fi nancial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated 
fi nancial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated fi nancial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated fi nancial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated fi nancial statements. The 
procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated fi nancial 
statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation 
and fair presentation of the consolidated fi nancial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not 
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the eff ectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
consolidated fi nancial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is suffi  cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated fi nancial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the fi nancial position of ShawCor Ltd. as at December 31, 
2014 and 2013, and its fi nancial performance and its cash fl ows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards.

Chartered Professional Accountants
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada
March 4, 2015 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

48

 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED 
BALANCE SHEETS 

As at December 31:
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 
Assets 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents (note 8) 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable (note 9) 
Accounts receivable (note 10) 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories (note 11) 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative fi nancial instruments (note 26) 

Assets held for sale (note 19) 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable (note 9) 
Property, plant and equipment (note 12) 
Intangible assets (note 13) 
Investments in joint ventures (note 14) 
Investments in associates (note 15) 
Deferred income taxes (note 35) 
Other assets (note 16) 
Goodwill (note 17) 

Liabilities and Equity 
Current Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness (note 20) 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 21)   
Provisions (note 22) 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative fi nancial instruments (note 26) 
Deferred revenue  
Obligations under fi nance lease (note 28) 
Other current liabilities (note 23) 

Liabilities directly associated with the assets classifi ed as held for sale (note 19) 

Non-current Liabilities 
Long-term debt (note 24) 
Obligations under fi nance lease (note 28) 
Provisions (note 22) 
Employee future benefi ts (note 25) 
Deferred income taxes (note 35) 
Other non-current liabilities (note 23)  

Equity 
Share capital (note 29) 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

John F. Petch, Director 

Stephen M Orr Di
Stephen M. Orr, Director

2014 

2013

$ 

116,556
550
–
457,610
11,232
194,732
27,370
5,578

813,628

–

813,628

7,021
435,311
202,736
–
19,165
39,019
26,889
396,201

1,126,342

$ 

79,395
6,618
1,780
363,984
9,919
180,876
19,176
624

662,372

56,186

718,558

7,462
413,287
130,216
17,276
–
48,480
17,830
298,819

933,370

$  1,939,970

$  1,651,928

$ 

$ 

4,685 
252,443
14,974
33,944
794
102,005
1,222
24,828

434,895

–

434,895

406,926
12,273
37,350
26,008
24,007
17,898

524,462

959,357

533,660
14,625
433,177
7,254
(8,103) 

980,613 

5,229
230,974
15,971
61,911
1,632
84,396
487
33,852

434,452

16,617

451,069

374,381
13,827
37,646
25,678
68,857
21,889

542,278

993,347

303,327
13,093
373,574
2,419
 (33,832)

658,581

$  1,939,970

$  1,651,928

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS 
OF INCOME

For the years ended December 31:
(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 
Gross Profi t 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 12)  
Amortization of intangible assets (note 13) 
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment (note 18) 
Income from Operations 
Gain (loss) on assets held for sale  
Loss from investments in joint ventures (note 14) 
Income from investments in associates (note 15) 
Finance costs, net (note 33) 
Income Before Income Taxes 
Income taxes (note 35) 
Net Income  

Net Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 
Net Income 

Earnings per Share 
  Basic (note 34) 
  Diluted (note 34) 
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s)  
  Basic (note 34) 
  Diluted (note 34) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

2014 

2013

613,067 
$ 
  1,276,962 
  1,890,029 
  1,166,319 
723,710 
375,153 
13,053 
(3,747) 
55,219 
15,587 
(609) 
120,378 
148,676 
6,427 
(22,375) 
877 
(18,401) 
115,204 
21,010 
94,194 

$ 

$ 

451,833
1,395,716

1,847,549

1,058,946

788,603

382,755
15,687
(4,936)
66,484
10,312
(5,156)
–

323,457
(3,683)
(3,874)
–
(14,912)

300,988
78,402

$ 

222,586

$ 

$ 
$ 

94,861 
(667) 
94,194 

1.55 
1.53 

61,374 
61,819 

$ 

$ 
$ 

219,862
2,724

222,586

3.55
3.51

61,972
62,646

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31:
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income 

Other Comprehensive Income 
Other Comprehensive Income to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Exchange diff erences on translation of foreign operations 
  Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to investments in joint ventures 
  Other comprehensive income attributable to investments in associates 
  Loss on cash fl ow hedge 
Net Other Comprehensive Income to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income not to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Actuarial (loss) gain on defi ned employee future benefi t plans (note 25)  

Income tax recovery (expense) 

Net Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income not to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 

Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Income Taxes 
Total Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 
Total Comprehensive Income 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

2014 

2013

$ 

94,194 

$ 

222,586

22,462 
3,657 
334 
– 
26,453 

(633) 
152 
(481) 

25,972 
120,166 

14,819
(3,998)
–
(6,880)

3,941

16,311
(4,103)

12,208

16,149

$ 

238,735

120,590 
(424) 
120,166 

235,985
2,750

$ 

238,735

$ 

$ 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Share 
Capital 

Contributed 
Surplus 

Retained 
Earnings 

Non-controlling 
Interests 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total
Equity

Balance – December 31, 2012 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Comprehensive income 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Stock-based compensation expense   
Cancellation of Class B shares 
Shares cancellation costs (net of income 
tax benefi t of $1.5 million) (note 29) 
Dividends paid to shareholders (note 29) 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Net income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income 
Comprehensive income 
Proceeds from issuance of shares (net of 
commissions and share issuance costs 

  of $9.7 million) (note 29) 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Stock-based compensation expense   
Dividends paid to shareholders (note 29) 
Disposal of non-controlling interests in subsidiary  
Purchase of non-controlling interests 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

$ 

221,687 

$ 

17,525 

$ 

799,741 

$ 

(331) 

$ 

(49,955) 

$ 

988,667

– 
– 

– 
19,599 
7,579 
24 
– 
54,438 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
(7,579) 
(24) 
3,171 
– 

– 
– 

219,862 
– 

219,862 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(553,215) 

(4,312) 
(88,502) 

2,724 
26 

2,750 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
16,123 

16,123 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

222,586
16,149

238,735
19,599
–
–
3,171
(498,777)

(4,312)
(88,502)

$ 

303,327 

$ 

13,093 

$ 

373,574 

$ 

2,419 

$ 

(33,832) 

$ 

658,581

– 
– 

– 

220,524 
7,167 
2,590 
52 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
(2,590) 
(52) 
4,174 
– 
– 
– 

94,861 
– 

94,861 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(35,258) 
– 
– 

(667) 
243 

(424) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5,548 
(289) 

– 
25,729 

25,729 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

94,194
25,972

120,166

220,524
7,167
–
–
4,174
(35,258)
5,548
(289)

$ 

533,660 

$ 

14,625 

$ 

433,177 

$ 

7,254 

$ 

(8,103) 

$ 

980,613

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS 
OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31:
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating Activities 
Net income for the year 
Add (deduct) items not aff ecting cash 
  Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 12) 
  Amortization of intangible assets (note 13) 
  Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses 

Impairment (note 18) 

  Decommissioning obligations expense (note 22)  
  Other provision expenses (note 22)  
  Stock-based and incentive-based compensation (note 30) 
  Deferred income taxes (note 35) 
  Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
  Gain on sale of land  
  Unrealized (income) loss on derivative fi nancial instruments 
  Loss from investments in joint ventures 
Income from investments in associates 
(Income) loss on assets held for sale (note 19) 

  Other 
Settlement of decommissioning liabilities (note 22)  
Settlement of other provisions (note 22) 
Decrease in non-current deferred revenue 
Net change in employee future benefi ts (note 25) 
Change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 
Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
Investing Activities 
Decrease (increase) in loans receivable (note 9) 
Decrease in short-term investments  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment (note 12) 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Purchases of intangible assets (note 13) 
Investments in joint ventures (note 14) 
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 
Payment of deferred purchase consideration 
Investments in associates 
Increase in other assets (note 16) 
Purchase of non-controlling interest  
Business acquisitions (note 7) 
Cash Used in Investing Activities 
Financing Activities 
Decrease in bank indebtedness (note 20) 
Decrease in loans payable 
Payment of obligations under fi nance lease (note 28) 
Proceeds from long-term debt (note 24) 
Proceeds from interest rate swap  
Issuance of shares (note 29) 
Repurchase of shares (note 29) 
Dividends paid to shareholders (note 29) 
Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities  
Eff ect of Foreign Exchange on Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents for the Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of Year   
Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of Year 

Supplemental Information 
Cash interest paid 
Cash interest received 
Cash income taxes paid 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

2014 

2013

$ 

94,194 

$ 

222,586

55,219 
15,587 
1,319 
120,378 
462 
14,470 
15,487 
(37,430) 
1,018 
(609) 
(5,792) 
22,375 
(877) 
(6,427) 
(640) 
(215) 
(16,824) 
– 
33 
(83,743) 

66,484
10,312
807
–
395
22,136
23,594
(14,959)
538
(5,156)
3,070
3,874
–
3,683
825
(817)
(19,449)
(64,392)
(20,994)
(200,273)

$ 

187,985 

$ 

32,264

(2,630)
71,332
(76,729)
8,539
(522)
(7,398)
–
–
–
(495)
–
(30,163)

(38,066)

(461)
(772)
(900)
356,280
2,111
19,599
(503,089)
(88,502)

2,978 
6,068 
(77,645) 
3,462 
(480) 
– 
46,411 
(18,830) 
(18,031) 
(10,495) 
(289) 
(280,955) 

$ 

(347,806) 

$ 

(544) 
(65) 
(1,361) 
– 
– 
227,691 
– 
(35,258) 
190,463 
6,519 
37,161 
79,395 
116,556 

16,727 
1,049 
99,756 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

(215,734)

15,950

(205,586)
284,981

79,395

10,241
1,180
59,845

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  CORPORATE INFORMATION

ShawCor Ltd. is a publicly listed company incorporated in Canada with its shares listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. ShawCor Ltd., together with 
its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company” or “ShawCor”), is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial segments of the energy industry. The Company operates nine divisions with over 
90 manufacturing and service facilities located around the world. Further information as it pertains to the nature of operations is set out in note 6.

The head offi  ce, principal address and registered offi  ce of the Company is 25 Bethridge Road, Toronto, Ontario, M9W 1M7, Canada.

NOTE 2.  BASIS OF PREPARATION

These consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by 
the International Accounting Standards Board, applicable to the preparation of fi nancial statements. 

The policies applied in these consolidated fi nancial statements are based on IFRS issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2014.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain current assets and fi nancial instruments, 
which are measured at fair value, as explained in the accounting policies set out in note 3.

The consolidated fi nancial statements are presented in Canadian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when 
otherwise stated.

The consolidated fi nancial statements comprise the fi nancial statements of the Company and the entities under its control and the Company’s equity 
accounted interests in joint ventures and associates.

The preparation of consolidated fi nancial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment 
or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are signifi cant to the consolidated fi nancial statements are disclosed in note 3.

The results of the subsidiaries acquired during the period are included in the consolidated fi nancial statements from the date of the acquisition. 
Adjustments are made, where necessary, to the fi nancial statements of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements and associates to ensure consistency 
with those policies adopted by the Company. All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated upon consolidation.

The audited consolidated fi nancial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2014 were authorized for issue by the 
Company’s Board of Directors on March 4, 2015. 

NOTE 3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with IFRS. The more signifi cant accounting policies are 
as follows:

a) Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency
Items included in the fi nancial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates are measured using the currency 
of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated fi nancial statements of the Company 
are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent company’s presentation and functional currency.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

54

 
Transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at period-end exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign functional currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of income, except when deferred 
in other comprehensive income as qualifying net investment hedges.

Translation of Foreign Operations
The results and fi nancial position of all the Company’s entities that have a functional currency diff erent from the presentation currency are translated 
into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet; and 

• 

income and expenses for each consolidated statement of income are translated at the average exchange rates for the period.

On consolidation, exchange diff erences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to other comprehensive income.

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange diff erences that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
are recognized in the consolidated statements of income as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate.

b)  Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition accounting method. Identifi able assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired 
are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration transferred is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent 
consideration. Acquisition transaction costs and any restructuring costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income in the period in which 
they are incurred.

For an acquisition achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to 
fair value at the acquisition date through profi t or loss. 

The excess of the aggregate consideration transferred over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifi able net assets acquired is recorded 
as goodwill.

c)  Interest in Joint Ventures
The Company has interests in joint arrangements, whereby joint control of the respective legal entity has been established by contractual 
agreements that establish joint control over the economic activities of the entity. The Company accounts for its interests in its joint ventures 
using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to 
recognize changes in the Company’s share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture is 
included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortized nor individually tested for impairment.

The aggregate of the Company’s share of profi t or loss of a joint venture is shown on the face of the consolidated statements of income and is 
excluded from income from operations. Adjustments are made where necessary to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Company.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in its joint 
venture. If there is evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the diff erence 
between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in joint ventures” 
in the consolidated statements of income.

A listing of all joint ventures is presented in note 14.

d)  Investments in Associates
The Company accounts for investments in which it has signifi cant infl uence using the equity method and these investments are initially recognized 
at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the profi t or loss of the investee, after the date 
of acquisition.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in its 
associates. If there is evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the diff erence 
between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss on investment in associate” in the 
consolidated statements of income.

A listing of all associates is presented in note 15.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

55

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

e)  Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefi ts will fl ow to the Company and the revenue can be reliably measured, 
regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account 
contractually defi ned terms of payment and net of taxes or duty.

Sale of Goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the signifi cant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer, usually on 
delivery of the goods.

Rendering of Services
Revenue from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-owned property is recognized as services are 
performed under specifi c contracts. Revenue on these contracts is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method using output as a measure 
of performance. Losses, if any, on these contracts are provided for in full at the time such losses are identifi ed.

Services performed in advance of billings are recorded as unbilled revenue pursuant to the contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable 
upon the achievement of certain milestones or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules. Changes in the scope of work are not included 
in net revenue until earned and realization is assured.

f)  Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of balances with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturity dates on acquisition of 
90 days or less. The amounts presented in the consolidated fi nancial statements approximate the fair value of cash and cash equivalents.

g)  Short-term Investments
Short-term investments consist of liquid fi nancial instruments with a maturity date greater than 90 days and less than one year.

h)  Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a fi rst-in, fi rst-out basis, except in certain project based 
pipe coating businesses where the average cost basis is employed, and includes direct materials, direct labour and variable and fi xed manufacturing 
overheads. Net realizable value for fi nished goods, work-in-process and raw materials inventories required for production is the estimated amount 
that would be realized on eventual sale of completed products, less the estimated costs necessary to complete the sale, while for excess raw materials 
it is the current market price. Ownership of inbound inventories is recognized at the time title passes to the Company.

i)  Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment. Direct costs are included 
in the asset’s carrying amount, such as borrowing costs for long-term construction projects, major inspections and component replacements, as 
appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the item will fl ow to the Company and the cost of the item can 
be measured reliably. For component replacements, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized.

All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the fi nancial period in which they are 
incurred. The expected cost for the decommissioning and remediation of an asset is included in the cost of the respective asset if the recognition 
criteria are met.

Property, plant and equipment, other than land and project-related facilities and equipment, are amortized over their useful lives commencing when 
the asset is available for use on a straight-line basis at the following annual rates: 

•  100% for land improvements; 

•  3% to 10% on buildings; 

•  5% to 50% on machinery and equipment; and

•  Project related facilities and equipment are amortized over the estimated project life.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized when no further economic benefi ts are expected from its use or disposal. Any gains or 
losses arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the diff erence between the net disposal proceeds or the net recoverable amount, and the 
carrying value of the asset) is included in the consolidated statements of income in the year the asset is derecognized.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of amortization are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted prospectively 
if appropriate.

j)  Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. 
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in 
connection with the borrowing of funds.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

56

 
k)  Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at 
the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized and the expenditure is 
refl ected in the consolidated statements of income during the period in which they are incurred.

Intellectual Property and Intangible Assets with Limited Lives
Intellectual property and intangible assets with limited lives are amortized over their useful life and assessed for impairment whenever there is 
an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of up to 
15 years. The amortization period and the amortization method are reviewed at least at each year-end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate.

Intangible Assets with Indefi nite Lives
Intangible assets with indefi nite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or when there is an indication that the asset 
may be impaired either individually or at the Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”) level. The assessment of indefi nite life is reviewed annually to determine 
whether the indefi nite life continues to be supportable; if not, the change in useful life from indefi nite to fi nite is made on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the diff erence between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the assets and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the asset is derecognized.

l)  Impairment of Non-fi nancial Assets
Assets that have indefi nite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication that the 
asset may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped into CGUs at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifi able independent cash fl ows. Non-fi nancial assets, other than goodwill, 
that suff ered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment whenever reversal indicators exist.

m)  Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in subsidiary entities over the fair value of the underlying net 
identifi able tangible and intangible assets arising at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is deemed to have an indefi nite life and is tested annually for impairment or when there is an indicator of impairment and carried at cost 
less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to 
benefi t from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, but are not allocated above the operating segment level at which management 
monitors the recovery of goodwill.

Gains and losses on the disposal of a CGU or component of a CGU include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

n)  Employee Future Benefi ts
The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t and defi ned contribution arrangements. The employee 
future benefi ts liability recognized on the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of the defi ned benefi t pension plans, represents the defi cit position 
for those defi ned benefi t plans, whose defi ned benefi t obligation exceeds that pension plan’s assets. The Company has included in other assets the 
net surplus position of those defi ned benefi t plans whose pension plan assets exceed the defi ned benefi t obligation. 

The defi ned benefi t obligation is determined by independent actuaries using the projected benefi t method pro-rated on service. The defi ned benefi t 
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outfl ows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that have terms to 
maturity matching the terms of the related defi ned benefi t arrangements. Plan assets are valued at quoted market prices at the consolidated balance 
sheet dates.

Past service costs arising from plan amendments are fully recognized in income when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs, or when related 
restructuring costs or termination benefi ts are recognized, whichever comes fi rst.

Actuarial gains and losses resulting from experience adjustments and the eff ect of changes in actuarial assumptions, and actual returns on plan 
assets, as compared to returns using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds, are recognized in other comprehensive income in the period 
in which they arise. 

For the Company’s defi ned contribution plans, costs are determined based on the services provided by the Company’s employees and are recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income as those services are provided.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

57

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

o)  Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefi ts incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the 
commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments 
are apportioned between fi nance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability.

Leases in which substantially all of the benefi ts and risks of ownership are not transferred by the lessor are classifi ed as operating leases. Payments 
made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

p)  Trade and Other Receivables
Impairment of trade and other receivables is constantly monitored. Impairments are based on observed customer solvency, the aging of trade and 
other receivables, historical values and customer specifi c and industry risks. External credit ratings as well as bank and trade references are reviewed 
when available.

q)  Provisions
A provision is an accrued liability, legal or constructive, resulting from a past event and uncertainty with respect to either the timing or amount. 
Provisions must be probable and should be measurable to be recognized, and are determined by discounting the expected future cash fl ows at a 
pre-tax rate that refl ects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specifi c to the liability. The increase in the provision 
due to the passage of time is recognized as fi nance costs in the consolidated statements of income. 

r)  Financial Instruments
Financial assets recorded at fair value through profi t or loss include fi nancial assets held for trading or meeting specifi ed criteria and designated upon 
initial recognition at fair value through profi t or loss as appropriate. 

Held-to-maturity fi nancial assets, loans and receivables and other liabilities not held for trading are accounted for at amortized cost.

Available-for-sale fi nancial assets are those non-derivative fi nancial assets that are designated as available-for-sale by the Company or do not fall into 
another category. Available-for-sale fi nancial assets are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with gains or losses from changes in 
fair value in a period included in other comprehensive income.

Financial assets are recognized initially at fair value.

All fi nancial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and designated upon inception as fair value through profi t or loss, or loans and borrowings. 

Financial liabilities classifi ed as fair value through profi t or loss includes derivative fi nancial instruments. Any changes in fair value are recognized 
through the consolidated statements of income.

Loans and borrowings are initially recorded at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, these liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortized cost using the eff ective interest rate method.

The following is a summary of the classes of fi nancial instruments included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as well as their designation 
by the Company:

Balance Sheet Item 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Trade accounts receivable 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 
Guaranteed deposits 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 

Designation

Fair value through profi t or loss 
Held-to-maturity
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables 
Available-for-sale 
Available-for-sale
Fair value through profi t or loss
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings

Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company’s policy is to document its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various derivative fi nancial instrument 
transactions. Derivative fi nancial instruments designated as eff ective net investment hedges are refl ected in the consolidated balance sheets at 
fair value, with any gains or losses resulting from fair value changes included in other comprehensive income to the extent of hedge eff ectiveness. 
Derivative fi nancial instruments not designated as part of a formal hedging relationship are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, 
with gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value in a period charged or credited to net income in the consolidated statements of income.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
Financial instruments measured or disclosed at fair value are categorized into one of the following three hierarchy levels for disclosure purposes:

•  Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable

• 

 Level 2  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 

corroborated by observable market data

•  Level 3 Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more signifi cant inputs are unobservable

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognized where the contractual rights to the receipt of cash fl ows expire or the asset is transferred to another party whereby 
the entity no longer has any signifi cant continuing involvement in the risks and rewards associated with the asset. 

Financial liabilities are derecognized where the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled, or expire. The diff erence between the carrying 
value of the fi nancial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of the consideration paid, including the transfer of 
non-cash assets or liabilities assumed, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income in the period in which it is incurred.

Impairment
Financial assets carried at amortized cost are assessed at each reporting date for any potential impairment. If there is objective evidence that an 
impairment loss has occurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the diff erence between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated 
future cash fl ows discounted using the original eff ective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is then reduced by the amount of the 
impairment and the impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

Transaction Costs
Transaction costs associated with fi nancial assets carried at fair value through profi t or loss are expensed as incurred, while transaction costs 
associated with all other fi nancial assets are included in the initial carrying amount of the asset.

s)  Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense in respect of all of its stock-based 
compensation plans. The compensation expense for equity settled awards is equal to the estimated fair value, based on an appropriate pricing model, 
of the incentive options, rights or units granted at the grant date, and is amortized over the vesting period of the incentive options, rights or units.

In accordance with IFRS, for each award of stock-based compensation that vests in installments, the fair value is determined on each installment as 
a separate award. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of 
each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options, rights or incentive units that are expected to vest based on the 
non-market vesting conditions.

For options, units or rights that are settled with equity, an amount equal to compensation expense is initially credited to contributed surplus as the 
expense is recognized and transferred to share capital if and when the option, unit or right is exercised. 

Consideration received on the exercise of a stock option, right or unit is credited to share capital, when additional equity instruments are issued. 
Options, units or rights that are settled with cash are classifi ed as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS, as their terms require that they be 
settled in cash. 

Awards where the employee has the right to choose whether a share-based transaction is settled in cash or by issuing equity are accounted for as 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

For cash-settled awards, the fair value of the liability is recalculated at each consolidated balance sheet date until the awards are settled based on 
the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, adjusting for market and non-market based performance conditions. During the vesting 
period, a liability is recognized representing the portion of the vesting period that has expired at the consolidated balance sheet date multiplied by 
the fair value of the awards at that date. After vesting, the full fair value of the unsettled awards at each balance sheet date is recognized as a liability. 
Movements in the liability are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The fair value is recalculated using an option pricing model.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

59

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

t)  Research and Development Costs
In accordance with IAS 38, Intangible Assets, research and development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income, except for 
development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

•  the project is clearly defi ned and the costs are separately identifi ed and reliably measured;

•  the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

•  the project will generate future economic benefi t;

•  resources are available to complete the project; and

•  the project is intended to be completed.

The intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization of the asset 
commences when development has been completed and the asset is available for use. It is amortized over the period of expected future benefi t, 
generally between three to ten years. During the periods following completion of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually. All 
other development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income.

u)  Income Taxes
Income tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred income taxes. Income taxes are recognized in the consolidated statements of 
income, except to the extent that they relate to items recognized in other comprehensive income.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet dates 
in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on diff erences between the fi nancial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted or substantively 
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in eff ect when the diff erences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise 
from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income taxes are not accounted for if they arise from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction aff ects neither accounting nor taxable profi t or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profi t will be available against which the temporary 
diff erences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are off set when there is a legally enforceable right to off set current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity 
or diff erent taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the current income tax balances on a net basis.

Investment tax credits relating to the acquisition of assets are accounted for using the cost reduction approach, reducing the cost of the asset 
acquired or amortized into income over the useful life of the asset.

v)  Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted EPS is calculated using the treasury stock method for determining the dilutive eff ect of outstanding fi nancial instruments issued under the 
Company’s various stock-based compensation plans. Under this method, the conversion of dilutive fi nancial instruments and related issue of shares 
is assumed at the beginning of the period (or at the time of award, if later).

The proceeds from the conversion or exercise of dilutive fi nancial instruments plus future period compensation expenses are assumed to be used to 
purchase common shares at the average market price during the period, and the incremental number of shares (the diff erence between the number 
of shares assumed issued and assumed purchased) is included in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation.

w)  Segment Reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision-Maker (“CODM”). 
The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments, and has been identifi ed as the Chief 
Executive Offi  cer of the Company.

x)  Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated fi nancial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that aff ect 
the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated fi nancial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could diff er from those estimates.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

60

 
Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated fi nancial statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill 
The Company evaluates the carrying values of the groups of CGUs containing goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to determine 
whether or not impairment of these assets has occurred and whether write-downs of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, the Company 
evaluates the carrying values of CGUs for long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment or reversal of impairment, 
at each reporting date. These impairment tests include certain assumptions regarding discount rates and future cash fl ows generated by these assets 
in determining the value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell calculations. Actual results could diff er from these assumptions.

Employee Future Benefi t Obligations 
The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t arrangements. The calculation of the defi ned benefi t 
obligation recognized in the consolidated fi nancial statements includes a number of assumptions regarding discount rates, rates of employee 
compensation increases, rates of infl ation, and life expectancies. The outcome of any of these factors could diff er from the estimates used in the 
calculations and have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-current liabilities.

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
Provisions and liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future 
outfl ow of economic benefi ts resulting from past operations or events and the amount of the cash outfl ow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject to 
change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take account of changing facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based on judgment and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the loss 
can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, it is charged to the consolidated statements of income. The Company must continually monitor 
known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Decommissioning liabilities include legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These have been recorded in the 
consolidated fi nancial statements based on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The amount recognized is the present 
value of estimated future expenditures required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk free rate. A corresponding asset equal to the 
present value of the initial estimated liability is capitalized as part of the cost of the related long-lived asset. Changes in the estimated liability 
resulting from revisions to estimated timing or future decommissioning cost estimates are recognized as a change in the decommissioning liability 
and the related long-lived asset. The amount capitalized in property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of 
the related asset. Increases in the decommissioning liabilities resulting from the passage of time are recognized as a fi nance cost in the consolidated 
statements of income.

Actual expenditures incurred are charged against the accumulated decommissioning liability.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related to the impact in the current year of future events. Diff erences between the 
estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, earnings and losses in 
foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates diff erent from those expected in Canada. 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profi t will be available against which the losses 
can be utilized. Signifi cant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the 
likely timing and the level of future taxable profi ts together with future tax planning strategies.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable 
income. Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, 
diff erences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future 
adjustments to taxable income and tax expense already recorded. The Company establishes liabilities, based on reasonable estimates, for possible 
consequences of audits by the tax authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. The amount of such liabilities is based on various 
factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and diff ering interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax 
authority. Such diff erences in interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective domicile of 
the respective companies.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

61

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4.  ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET APPLIED

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments
IFRS 9, as issued, by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) replaces IAS 39 regarding the recognition and measurement of fi nancial 
assets and fi nancial liabilities. The standard is eff ective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The Company has not yet determined 
the impact of this standard on the consolidated fi nancial statements.

IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, which covers principles for reporting about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash 
fl ows arising from contracts with customers. IFRS 15 is eff ective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Company is in the 
process of reviewing the standard to determine the impact on the consolidated fi nancial statements.

IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 – Intangible Assets
In May 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38, prohibiting the use of revenue-based depreciation for property, plant and equipment 
and signifi cantly limiting the use of revenue-based amortization for intangible assets. These amendments are eff ective for annual periods beginning 
on or after January 1, 2016, and are to be applied prospectively. The Company is in the process of reviewing the amendments to determine the impact 
on the consolidated fi nancial statements.

NOTE 5.  NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED 

IFRIC Interpretation 21 Levies (IFRIC 21)
IFRIC 21 clarifi es that an entity recognizes a liability for a levy when the activity that triggers payment, as identifi ed by the relevant legislation, occurs. 
For a levy that is triggered upon reaching a minimum threshold, the interpretation clarifi es that no liability should be anticipated before the specifi ed 
minimum threshold is reached. IFRIC 21 is eff ective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company’s adoption of IFRIC 21 did 
not have a material fi nancial impact on the Company’s consolidated fi nancial statements.

NOTE 6.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

ShawCor’s operating segments are being reported based on the fi nancial information provided to the Chief Executive Offi  cer, who has been identifi ed 
as the CODM in monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments. The CODM assesses segment performance based on 
segment operating income or loss, which is measured diff erently than income from operations in the consolidated fi nancial statements. Income taxes 
are managed at a consolidated level and are not allocated to the reportable operating segments.

As at December 31, 2014, the Company had two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial. 
Inter-segment transactions between Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial are accounted for at negotiated transfer prices. 
The aggregation of the reportable segments is based on the customer and markets that the Company serves. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment comprises the following business units:

•  Bredero Shaw, which provides pipe coating, lining and insulation products;

•  Socotherm, which provides pipe coating, lining and insulation products; 

•  Canusa – CPS, which manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives and liquid coatings for pipeline joint protection applications;

•  Flexpipe Systems, which provides spoolable composite pipe systems;

•  Guardian, which provides oilfi eld tubular management services and inspection, testing and refurbishment of oilfi eld tubular products;

•  Shaw Pipeline Services, which provides ultrasonic and radiographic weld inspection services for land and marine pipeline construction; and

• 

 Desert NDT, which provides non-destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering pipelines and infrastructure integrity 
management services.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment comprises the following business units:

•  ShawFlex, which manufactures wire and cable for process instrumentation and control applications; and

•  DSG-Canusa, which manufactures heat-shrinkable tubing for automotive, electrical, electronic and utility applications.

Financial and Corporate
The fi nancial and corporate division for ShawCor does not meet the defi nition of a reportable operating segment as defi ned in IFRS, as it does not 
earn revenue. 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

62

 
Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Operating expense 
Research and 
  development expenses 
Amortization of property, 
  plant and equipment 
Amortization of 

intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land 

Income (loss) from 
  operations 
for CODM  

Impairment 

Income (loss) 

Segment
The following table sets forth information by segment for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and 
Pipe Services 

Petrochemical 
and Industrial 

Financial 
and Corporate 

Eliminations 
and Adjustments 

Total

2014  

2013  

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013

$ 1,713,363 
3,426 

  1,686,381  $  176,666 
367 

1,387   

161,168  $ 
1,281 

$ 1,716,789 

  1,687,768  $  177,033 

162,449  $ 

–   
–   

–   

–  $ 
– 

–  $ 

– 

(3,793)   

–  $ 1,890,029 
– 

(2,668)   

  1,847,549
–

(3,793)   

(2,668)  $ 1,890,029 

  1,847,549

$ 1,360,464 

  1,238,862  $  146,505 

138,085  $ 

34,549   

62,486  $ 

(3,793)   

(2,668)  $ 1,537,725 

  1,436,765

10,794 

12,446   

1,136 

1,452 

1,123   

1,789 

50,085 

62,499   

3,251 

2,336 

1,883   

1,649 

15,587 
– 

10,312   
(5,156)   

– 
(609)   

– 
– 

–   
–   

– 
– 

$  279,859 

368,805  $ 

26,750 

20,576  $ 

(37,555)   

(65,924)  $ 

120,378 

–   

– 

– 

–   

– 

from operations 

$  159,481 

368,805  $ 

26,750 

20,576  $ 

(37,555)   

(65,924)  $ 

Gain (loss) on assets 
  held for sale 
Loss from investments 
in joint ventures 

Income from 

investments 
in associates 
Interest income 
Interest expense and 
  other fi nance costs 
Income (loss) before 
income taxes 
Income tax expense 

6,427 

(3,683)   

(22,375)   

(3,874)   

57 
839 

–   
727   

– 

– 

– 
2 

– 

– 

– 
2 

–   

–   

– 

– 

820   
388   

– 
427 

(3,069)   

(5,355)   

(12)   

(86)   

(16,549)   

(10,627)   

141,360 
– 

356,620   
–   

26,740 
– 

20,492 
– 

(52,896)   
(21,010)   

(76,124)   
(78,402)   

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

13,053 

15,687

55,219 

66,484

15,587 

(609)   

10,312
(5,156)

–  $  269,054 

323,457

– 

120,378 

–

–  $  148,676 

323,457

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

6,427 

 (3,683)

(22,375)   

(3,874)

877 
1,229 

–
1,156

(19,630)   

(16,068)

115,204 
(21,010)   

300,988
(78,402)

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and 
Pipe Services 

Petrochemical 
and Industrial 

Financial 
and Corporate 

Eliminations 
and Adjustments 

Total

2014  

2013  

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013

Additions to property, 
  plant and equipment, 
  net of disposals 
Goodwill 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 

$ 

70,041 
379,510 
  2,267,366 
910,030 

59,688  $ 
281,431   
  1,975,028   
960,223   

1,767 
16,691 
158,936 
86,879 

14,422  $ 
17,388 
180,055 
60,299 

1,966   
–   
  1,177,262   
460,734   

2,081  $ 
– 
796,816 
425,193 

73,774 
396,201 
 (1,663,594)    (1,299,971)    1,939,970 
959,357 

(498,286)   

(452,368)   

–  $ 
– 

– 
– 

76,191
298,819
  1,651,928
993,347

Geographical Information
The following table sets forth information by geographical region for the years ended December 31; the geographic region is determined by the 
country or location of operation.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total Revenue 
Non-current assets(a) 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total Revenue 
Non-current assets(a) 

Canada 

USA 

Latin America 

EMAR 

Asia Pacifi c 

Eliminations 

2014

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

590,446 
1,774 

592,220 

331,559 

Canada 

520,920 
2,604 

523,524 

316,626 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

302,770 
157 

302,927 

417,246 

$ 

$ 

$ 

183,196 
1,861 

185,057 

28,253 

USA 

Latin America 

248,846 
64 

248,910 

124,982 

$ 

$ 

$ 

161,627 
– 

161,627 

71,786 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

463,108 
1 

463,109 

245,524 

$ 

$ 

$ 

350,509 
– 

350,509 

83,267 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
(3,793) 

$  1,890,029
–

(3,793) 

$  1,890,029

(44,133) 

$  1,061,716

EMAR 

Asia Pacifi c 

Eliminations 

2013

Total

247,271 
– 

247,271 

257,931 

$ 

$ 

$ 

668,885 
– 

668,885 

81,365 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
(2,668) 

$  1,847,549
–

(2,668) 

$  1,847,549

15,343 

$ 

868,033

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

63

(a)  Excluding fi nancial instruments, deferred tax assets and post-employment benefi ts.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7.  ACQUISITION

Desert NDT
On July 8, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Desert NDT, LLC (“Desert”), for total consideration of 
approximately $281.7 million (US$263.9 million), including an adjustment for changes in working capital. Desert is a Houston-based provider of 
non-destructive testing (“NDT”) services for new oil and gas gathering pipelines and infrastructure integrity management services. Desert operates 
through 18 branches located in major U.S. oil and gas basins. The acquisition was funded with cash and through available revolving credit facilities. 

Signifi cant judgments and assumptions made in the purchase price allocation in the course of the acquisition of Desert include the following:

• 

• 

 For intangible assets associated with customer relationships, the Company based its valuation on the expected future cash fl ows using the 
multi-period excess earnings approach. This method employed a discounted cash fl ow analysis using the present value of the estimated 
after-tax cash fl ows expected to be generated from the purchased customer relationships using risk adjusted discount rates and revenue forecasts, 
as appropriate, based upon management’s best estimate.

 The goodwill acquired represents the acquired human capital and the benefi ts that the Company expects to earn from the acquisition due to 
expected synergies and other intangible assets that do not meet the criteria for recognition as identifi able intangible assets. Approximately 
$101.8 million (US$95.4 million) of the goodwill recognised at the date of acquisition is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. 

The following table shows the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition of Desert:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

Consideration 
Cash (net of cash acquired of $2,429) 
Assets acquired at fair value: 
Current assets (excluding cash acquired of $2,429) 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Current liabilities assumed 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
Total identifi able net assets at fair value 
Goodwill 

$ 

279,266

28,114
8,976
126,807
(11,105)
(2,193)

150,599
128,667

$ 

279,266

The Company is currently fi nalizing the values associated with the current liabilities and deferred income tax assets and liabilities.

From the date of acquisition, Desert contributed approximately $60.7 million of revenue and $8.2 million of income before interest and income tax to 
the Company. If the acquisition had been from the beginning of the year, the revenue would have been approximately $121.3 million and the income 
before interest and income tax, net of intangible amortization of $10.6 million, would have been $16.3 million.

Socotherm Gulf of Mexico
On April 15, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of the remaining 49% of Socotherm S.p.A.’s joint venture in the U.S.A. for total 
consideration of approximately $23 million, excluding the forgiveness of inter-company debt. The joint venture has a strategically located facility in 
Channelview, Texas which provides anticorrosion and advanced insulation coatings for global off shore applications, including in the Gulf of Mexico 
and West African markets. 

The carrying value of the Company’s investment immediately prior to the acquisition of the remaining 49% approximated its fair value. 

On acquisition of the remaining 49% of Socotherm’s S.p.A.’s joint venture in the U.S.A., on a 100% level, the approximate value of the tangible assets 
acquired and tangible liabilities assumed was $34.8 million and $9.1 million, respectively. The approximate value of the intangible assets acquired and 
intangible liabilities assumed was $68.3 million and $13.2 million, respectively.

NOTE 8.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cash 
Cash equivalents 
Total 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

64

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

112,452 
4,104 
116,556 

$ 

$ 

78,843
552
79,395

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9.  LOANS RECEIVABLE

The following table details the long-term loans receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current
Loan receivable 

Non-current  
Notes receivable(a) 
Loan receivable 

Total  

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 

4,434 
2,587 
7,021 
7,021 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,780

1,780

4,014
3,448

7,462

9,242

(a)   Long-term notes receivable relate to an amount advanced by the Company to an external party to support the construction of port facilities at a Bredero Shaw plant location in Kabil, Indonesia. 
Interest is payable semi-annually at U.S. prime plus 0.25%, with principal repayments to be made in four semi-annual instalments beginning no later than March 31, 2018, as set out in the loan 
agreement terms. As at December 31, 2014, the amount of the note receivable was U.S.$3,813 (December 31, 2013 – U.S.$3,752).

NOTE 10.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s trade and other receivables as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Trade accounts receivables 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (note 26) 
Unbilled revenue and other receivables 

The following table sets forth the aging of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current 
Past due 1 to 30 days 
Past due 31 to 60 days 
Past due 61 to 90 days 
Past due for more than 90 days 
Total trade accounts receivable 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts 
Trade accounts receivable – net 

NOTE 11. 

INVENTORIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Raw materials and supplies 
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 
Inventory obsolescence 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

339,990 
(12,516) 
130,136 
457,610 

$ 

249,612
(11,732)
126,104

$ 

363,984

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

188,545 
93,123 
21,677 
8,591 
28,054 
339,990 
(12,516) 
327,474 

$ 

122,445
54,456
25,952
16,518
30,241

249,612
(11,732)

$ 

237,880

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

126,763 
15,003 
72,900 
(19,934) 
194,732 

$ 

134,216
13,019
51,498
 (17,857)

$ 

180,876

During 2014, the Company recorded an increase of $2.1 million (December 31, 2013 – $5.8 million) in the provision for inventory obsolescence, due 
to the build-up of certain excess raw materials. 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s property, plant and equipment as at the periods indicated:

Land and Land 
Improvements 

Buildings 

Machinery and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
Progress 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

60,178 
991 
2,055 
1,325 
– 
(1,344) 
(338) 

164,380 
15,286 
28,069 
7,316 
96 
(18) 
(2,286) 

581,802 
21,637 
57,876 
16,238 
– 
(21) 
(16,281) 

$ 

34,981 
665 
 (11,271) 
63 
– 
– 
(447) 

Total

841,341
38,579
76,729
24,942
96
(1,383)
(19,352)

$ 

62,867 

$ 

212,843 

$ 

661,251 

$ 

23,991 

$ 

960,952

(3,103) 
1,554 
– 
2,504 
– 

(2,690) 
4,483 
352 
122 
(1,477) 

23,685 
55,368 
10,867 
105 
(8,297) 

(2,437) 
16,240 
– 
– 
– 

15,455
77,645
11,219
2,731
(9,774)

$ 

63,822 

$ 

213,633 

$ 

742,979 

$ 

37,794 

$  1,058,228

Land and Land 
Improvements 

Buildings 

Machinery and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
Progress 

$ 

$ 

(16,928) 
(243) 
(364) 
150 
71 

$ 

(79,917) 
(6,024) 
(6,286) 
(110) 
1,597 

$ 

(341,456) 
(19,625) 
(58,664) 
(296) 
11,223 

$ 

(17,314) 

$ 

(90,740) 

$ 

(408,818) 

$ 

(147) 
(409) 
(653) 
– 

2,077 
(5,529) 
(147) 
528 

(10,325) 
(49,281) 
(73) 
5,374 

$ 

(18,523) 

$ 

(93,811) 

$ 

(463,123) 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Land and Land 
Improvements 

Buildings 

Machinery and 
Equipment 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(2,496) 
1 
– 

$ 

(7,196) 
44 
638 

(21,764) 
(347) 
327 

$ 

(2,495) 

$ 

(6,514) 

$ 

(21,784) 

$ 

– 
– 

(2,495) 

40,754 

43,058 

42,804 

125 
(2,664) 

(9,053) 

77,267 

115,589 

110,769 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

141 
(14,269) 

(35,912) 

218,582 

230,649 

243,944 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
Progress 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

34,981 

23,991 

37,794 

$ 

Total

(438,301)
(25,892)
(65,314)
(256)
12,891

$ 

(516,872)

(8,395)
(55,219)
(873)
5,902

$ 

(575,457)

Total

(31,456)
(302)
965

(30,793)

266
(16,933)

(47,460)

371,584

413,287

435,311

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost 
Balance – December 31, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Assets held for sale 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Disposals 
Balance – December 31, 2013 

Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Disposals 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Amortization expense 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Eliminated on disposal 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Exchange diff erences 
Amortization expense 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Eliminated on disposal 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Eliminated on disposal 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Exchange diff erences 
Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

Net book value 
As at December 31, 2012 
As at December 31, 2013 
As at December 31, 2014 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s intangible assets as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost 
Balance – December 31, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2012 
Exchange diff erences  
Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Exchange diff erences  
Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Exchange diff erences  
Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

Net book value 
As at December 31, 2012 
As at December 31, 2013 
As at December 31, 2014 

Intellectual 
Property, with 

Limited Life(a) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Limited Life(b) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Indefi nite Life(c) 

$ 

$ 

78,705 
680 
96 
– 

79,481 
1,098 
128 
225 

$ 

$ 

42,271 
1,099 
616 
36,608 

80,594 
14,346 
352 
127,032 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,664 
248 
– 
– 

5,912 
317 
– 
– 

Total

126,640
2,027
712
36,608

165,987
15,761
480
127,257

$ 

80,932 

$ 

222,324 

$ 

6,229 

$ 

309,485

(18,269) 
62 
(5,325) 

(6,916) 
(336) 
(4,987) 

$ 

(23,532) 

$ 

(12,239) 

$ 

(94) 
(4,882) 

(321) 
(10,705) 

$ 

(28,508) 

$ 

(23,265) 

$ 

– 
382 
(4,138) 

(3,756) 

60,436 

55,949 

48,668 

– 
211 
(51,431) 

(51,220) 

35,355 

68,355 

147,839 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

5,664 

5,912 

6,229 

(25,185)
(274)
(10,312)

(35,771)

(415)
(15,587)

$ 

$ 

(51,773)

–
593
(55,569)

(54,976)

101,455

130,216

202,736

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(a)   Intellectual property, with limited life, represents the cost of certain technology, know-how and patents obtained mainly through acquisitions. The Company amortizes the cost of intellectual 

property over its estimated useful life of up to 15 years. 

(b)  Intangible assets, with limited life, represent customer relationships, trademarks, and non-competition agreements acquired directly or in conjunction with a past business combination. The 

Company amortizes the cost of intangible assets with limited life over their respective estimated useful lives of up to 15 years. The net book value of customer relationships as at December 31, 
2014 is $138.0 million (December 31, 2013 – $67.6 million), and is included in intangible assets with limited life in the table above. 

(c)   Intangible assets, with indefi nite life, represent the value of brands obtained in previous acquisitions. As the Company has the exclusive right to use and benefi t from the brands of the acquired 
companies for an undefi ned period, certain acquired brands have been classifi ed as intangible assets with indefi nite life. As the cost of intangible assets with indefi nite life is not amortized, the 
Company assesses these intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or when there is an indicator of impairment.

NOTE 14. 

INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

The Company uses the equity method to account for the following joint venture interests of the Company as at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 
Helicone Holdings Limited 
Socotherm Brasil S.A.(a) 
Atlantida Socotherm S.A.(b) 

Country of 
Incorporation 

U.S.A. 
Canada 
Russia 
Brazil 
  Venezuela 

Activity 

 Pipe coating 
 Pipe coating 
 Pipe coating 
 Pipe coating 
 Pipe coating 

December 31 
2014 
Proportion of 
Interest Held 
% 

December 31 
2013 
Proportion of 
Interest Held
%

50 
83 
– 
(a) 
50 

50
83
25
50
50

(a)  As of December 4, 2013, Socotherm Brasil S.A. has been accounted for as a held-for-sale investment. Socotherm Brasil S.A. was sold on September 3, 2014.
(b)  During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company recorded an impairment of $18.9 million related to its joint venture interest in Venezuela and is included in loss from investments in joint 

ventures. The investment in the Company’s Venezuela joint venture was impaired due to the accelerated devaluation of the local currency in Venezuela, deteriorating business environment 
and the signifi cant increase in the uncertainty of the Company to realize cash fl ows from this joint venture in the future.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables present the Company’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the joint ventures described above for the years 
ended and as at December 31, excluding those joint ventures classifi ed as held-for-sale:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Total Liabilities 
Carrying amount of the investments in joint ventures  

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Cost of goods sold 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Foreign exchange losses 
Amortization expenses 
Finance costs 
Net loss before income taxes 

Income tax recovery 
Net loss for the year 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2014 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2014 

9,143 
6,713 
1,825 
2,498 
1,465 
443 
(3,801) 

(374) 

$ 

2013

13,625
10,937

24,562

(5,895)
(1,391)

(7,286)

$ 

17,276

$ 

2013

53,553
40,884
10,204
47
6,357
1,083

(5,022)

(1,148)

(3,874)

$ 

(3,427) 

$ 

NOTE 15. 

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

On February 20, 2014, ShawCor completed an equity investment in Zedi Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas industry. Zedi has developed and deployed remote fi eld monitoring and related 
data management solutions for the optimization of oil and gas well production and has recently completed a management buyout through an Alberta 
court and shareholder approved plan of arrangement. ShawCor’s equity investment in Zedi consists of approximately 25% common share interest 
totalling $13.8 million, which is being accounted for using equity accounting and an investment of $10.0 million in convertible preferred shares, which 
is accounted for as an available-for-sale investment and classifi ed in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

On August 29, 2014, the Company completed an equity investment for a 20% interest in Power Feed-Thru Systems and Connectors, LLC (“PFT”) for 
approximately $2.9 million (U.S. $2.6 million). PFT is a designer and assembler of electric feed-thru connector systems specifi cally for artifi cial lift 
installations in the global Oil and Gas market. Its products are used in oil wells equipped with Electric Submersible Pumps to connect the down-hole 
oil pump with a surface power supply and it is based in Houston, Texas, U.S.

NOTE 16.  OTHER ASSETS

The following table details the other assets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Long-term prepaid expenses 
Deposit guarantee 
Long-term investment 
Convertible preferred shares (note 15) 
Defi ned Pension Plans employee future benefi t asset (note 25) 

NOTE 17.  GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are shown below:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Gross amount of goodwill 
Accumulated impairment of goodwill 
Net Balance – Beginning of year 
Acquisition (note 7) 
Impairment (note 18) 
Foreign exchange 
Net Balance – End of year 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

68

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

8,302 
893 
– 
10,000 
7,694 

8,615
81
1,104
–
8,030

$ 

26,889 

$ 

17,830

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

298,819 
– 
298,819 
128,667 
(47,078) 
15,793 
396,201 

$ 

256,296
–

256,296
31,267
–
11,256

$ 

298,819

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the signifi cant carrying amounts of goodwill:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw (excluding BSRTL as defi ned below) 
Thermotite Brasil Ltda & BS Servicios de Injecao (collectively, “BSRTL”) 
Desert NDT 
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm S.p.A. 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC 
ShawCor CSI 
Guardian 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

173,102 
– 
140,179 
49,730 
9,525 
5,094 
– 
1,880 
– 
16,691 

$ 

172,406
12,331
–
49,730
8,762
4,685
31,332
1,880
305
17,388

$ 

396,201 

$ 

298,819

a)  Impairment Testing for Each Cash Generating Unit Containing Goodwill
The Company performs a goodwill impairment test for each specifi ed group of CGUs (“GCGU”) that contains goodwill at the Company’s annual 
goodwill impairment testing date of October 31 (“Annual Goodwill Valuation Date”). On August 31, 2014, the Company also performed an 
impairment test for its BSRTL CGU (“BSCGU”) and concluded that its goodwill was fully impaired. At the Annual Goodwill Valuation Date of 
October 31, 2014, the Company concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill in any of its GCGUs other than the goodwill in the Company’s 
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico division, which was fully impaired. 

b)  Recoverable Amount
The Company determines the recoverable amount for its GCGUs as the higher of Value in Use (“VIU”) and the Fair Value Less Cost to sell (“FVLCS”). 
For the goodwill impairment tests, the FVLCS of each of the GCGUs (other than those mentioned in note 17(a) above) was higher than its carrying 
amount. The fair value measurement was categorized as a level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used.

FVLCS calculations use post-tax cash fl ow projections based on three-year fi nancial Business Plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, 
which are then projected out for a further period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Cash fl ows beyond the fi ve-year period are 
extrapolated using estimated growth rates as applicable. The FVLCS is calculated net of selling costs that are estimated at 2%.

The FVLCS is determined by discounting the future free cash fl ows generated from the Company’s continuing use of the respective GCGUs. The 
discount rates used are post-tax and refl ect specifi c risks relating to the GCGUs. The discounted cash fl ow model employed by the Company refl ects 
the specifi c risks of each GCGU and their business environment. The model calculates the FVLCS as the present value of the projected free cash fl ows 
and the Terminal Value of each group of GCGU.

The calculation of FVLCS for each GCGU is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:

•  Projected Cash Flows

•  Market Assumptions

•  Discount Rate

•  Growth Rate and Terminal Value

Projected Cash Flows
The Projected Cash Flow for each GCGU is derived from the most recently completed three-year Business Plan, which is projected out for a future 
time period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Projected Cash Flow is estimated by adjusting forecasted annual net income (for the 
forecast period) for non-cash items (such as amortization, accretion, and foreign exchange), investments in working capital and investments in capital 
assets. Estimating future earnings requires judgment, consideration of past and actual performance, as well as expected developments in the GCGU’s 
respective markets and in the overall macroeconomic environment.

Market Assumptions
The forecasted revenue for a GCGU in the Business Plan is based on that GCGU securing an estimated number of projects. A change in the number 
of estimated projects to be secured by a GCGU can have a material impact on the projected future cash fl ows for that particular GCGU. The gross 
margin for each GCGU in the Business Plan is also dependent on assumptions made about the price of raw materials in the future; a change in the 
assumptions of these key inputs can have a material impact on the projected future cash fl ows for a particular GCGU.

Discount Rate
Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specifi c to each GCGU, regarding the time value of money and the individual 
risks of the underlying assets, which have not been incorporated in the cash fl ow estimates. The discount rate calculation is based on the specifi c 
circumstances of the Company and its GCGUs and is derived from the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the consolidated Company. The 
WACC takes into account both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Company’s investors. The 
cost of debt is based on the interest bearing borrowings the Company is obliged to service. GCGU specifi c risk is incorporated by applying individual 
specifi c risk factors; these specifi c risk factors are evaluated annually.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following are the discount rates used in the calculation of the impairment tests:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw (excluding BSRTL) 
BSRTL 
Desert NDT 
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm S.p.A. (Italy) 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC 
ShawCor CSI 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 

October 31 
2014 

October 31
2013

10% 
14% 
11% 
11% 
14% 
18% 
12% 
14% 
12% 

10%
14%
n/a
11%
14%
18%
12%
14%
12%

Terminal Value Growth Rate
The Terminal Value Growth Rate is used to calculate the Terminal Value of the GCGUs at the end of the Projected Free Cash Flow period of fi ve years. 
A Terminal Value Growth Rate of 3.0% was used (for all goodwill impairment tests) refl ecting terminal growth rate expectation of long-term growth 
in energy infrastructure investment; this fi gure also refl ects the Company’s best estimate of the set of economic conditions that are expected to exist 
over the forecast period.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
With regard to the assessment of FVLCS of all of the Company’s GCGUs, except for Socotherm S.p.A. and Socotherm Americas (Argentina), 
management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to 
materially exceed its recoverable amount, as estimated by the GCGU’s FVLCS. 

NOTE 18. 

IMPAIRMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2014:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Impairment of inventory 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment 

Bredero Shaw 

Brasil(a) 

Socotherm(b) 

Brigden(c) 

Other 

$ 

$ 

798 
7,554 
19,156 
12,941 

$ 

– 
4,261 
35,795 
33,825 

$ 

40,449 

$ 

73,881 

$ 

– 
5,118 
– 
– 

5,118 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
618 
312 

930 

$ 

Total

798
16,933
55,569
47,078

$ 

120,378

(a)  Bredero Shaw Brasil consists of the business entities Bredero Shaw Rev de Tubos Ltda., Bredero Shaw Brasil Participacoes Ltda. and BS Servicios de Injecao Ltda. (collectively, “BSRTL”).
(b) Socotherm consists of the business entity Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC.
(c)  Brigden consists of a mobile plant in the Gulf of Mexico region.

Impairment Testing for the Bredero Shaw Brasil Cash Generating Unit
The Company performed an impairment test for its BSRTL CGU (“BSCGU”) as at August 31, 2014. Currently, the BSCGU has been unsuccessful in 
securing project work to sustain operations at current levels and will have no backlog in Brazil at the beginning of 2015. Beyond 2015, uncertainty 
regarding Petrobras’ development plans for the pre-salt Santos basin has impacted the Company’s outlook for the deepwater insulation pipe coating 
market in Brazil and thus the recoverable amount for BSCGU.

Impairment Testing for the Socotherm Gulf of Mexico Cash Generating Unit
The Company performed an impairment test for its Socotherm Gulf of Mexico CGU (“SGOMCGU”) as at October 31, 2014. The write-down of 
goodwill and intangible assets associated with the Socotherm Gulf of Mexico facility was based primarily on two factors: (i) anticipated market 
developments in the Gulf of Mexico including the likelihood of project delays as a result of the recent global decline in oil prices, and (ii) the 
Company’s intention to shift non-Gulf of Mexico production from the Channelview, Texas operations to Pozzallo, Italy following the successful launch 
of production at the Pozzallo facility which is better positioned logistically to service project activity in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. 

Impairment of Bridgen Plant in the Gulf of Mexico region
The Company operates a fl eet of mobile coating plants in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. The Brigden mobile coating plant, has served the 
Gulf of Mexico from its current location in Beaumont, Texas since its initial commissioning in 2011. While the mobile nature of this plant provides 
certain cost saving logistical advantages to the customer (versus a fi xed base plant), ultimate utilization of this plant within the segment is dependent 
on having a suffi  cient level of project backlog. Due to the likelihood of project delays as a result of the recent global decline in oil prices, the carrying 
amount of the property, plant and equipment was assessed and based on an independent appraisal of fair market value was deemed to be 
partially impaired.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recoverable Amount
The Company determined the recoverable amount for its BSCGU and SGOMCGU as the higher of Value in Use (“VIU”) and the FVLCS. For the 
BSCGU and SGOMCGU impairment tests, the FVLCS was higher than its VIU. 

FVLCS calculations use post-tax cash fl ow projections based on three-year fi nancial Business Plans prepared by the Company’s management, 
which are then projected out for a further period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Cash fl ows beyond the fi ve-year period 
are extrapolated using estimated growth rates as applicable. The FVLCS is calculated net of selling costs that are estimated at 2%. 

The FVLCS is determined by discounting the future free cash fl ows to be generated from the Company’s continuing use of the BSCGU and 
SGOMCGU. The discount rate used is post-tax and refl ects specifi c risks relating to the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU. The discounted cash fl ow 
model employed by the Company refl ects the specifi c risks of the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU and its business environment. The model calculates 
the FVLCS as the present value of the projected free cash fl ows and the Terminal Value of the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU.

The calculation of FVLCS for the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:

•  Projected Cash Flows

•  Market Assumptions

•  Discount Rate

•  Growth Rate and Terminal Value

Projected Cash Flows
The Projected Cash Flow for the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU is derived from the most recently completed three-year Business Plan, which is 
projected out for a future time period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Projected Cash Flow is estimated by adjusting forecasted 
annual net income (for the forecast period) for non-cash items (such as amortization, accretion, and foreign exchange), investments in working capital 
and investments in capital assets. Estimating future earnings requires judgment, consideration of past and actual performance, as well as expected 
developments in the BSCGU’s and SGOMCGU respective markets and in the overall macroeconomic environment.

Market Assumptions
The forecasted revenue for the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU in the three-year Business Plan is based on securing an estimated number of projects. 
A change in the number of projects estimated to be secured by the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU can have a material impact on the projected future 
cash fl ows. The gross margin for the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU in the Business Plan is also dependent on assumptions made about the price of 
raw materials in the future; a change in the assumptions of these key inputs can have a material impact on the projected future cash fl ows.

Discount Rate
The Discount rate represents the current market assessment of the risks specifi c to the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU, regarding the time value of 
money and the individual risks of the underlying assets, which have not been incorporated in the cash fl ow estimates. The discount rate calculation 
is based on the specifi c circumstances of the Company and the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU and is derived from the weighted average cost of capital 
(“WACC”) for the consolidated Company. The WACC takes into account both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return 
on investment by the Company’s investors. The cost of debt is based on the interest bearing borrowings the Company is obliged to service. The 
BSCGU and the SGOMCGU specifi c risk is incorporated by applying individual specifi c risk factors and for the above impairment test a 14% discount 
rate has been applied for BSCGU and 12% for SGOMCGU.

Growth Rate and Terminal Value
The Terminal Value Growth Rate is used to calculate the Terminal Value of the BSCGU and the SGOMCGU at the end of the Projected Free Cash 
Flow period of fi ve years. A Terminal Value Growth Rate of 3.0% was used refl ecting an expectation of long-term growth in energy infrastructure 
investment in its market; this fi gure also refl ects the Company’s best estimate of the set of economic conditions that are expected to exist over 
the forecast period.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
A two percent increase in the discount rate would have caused the fair value of the BSCGU to decrease by $0.9 million. A one percent increase in 
the Terminal Value Growth Rate increases the fair value of the BSCGU by $0.1 million.

A two percent increase in the discount rate would have caused the fair value of the SGOMCGU to decrease by $6.1 million. A one percent increase 
in the Terminal Value Growth Rate increases the fair value of the SCGU by $0.9 million.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

71

 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19.  ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

In October 2012, the Company entered into negotiations with its joint venture partners in Arabian Pipecoating Company Ltd. (“APCO”), located in 
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, for the sale of its 30% investment. As at December 31, 2013, the Company’s investment in the joint venture has been 
classifi ed as assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale, respectively.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its interest in Socotherm Brasil to its joint venture partner. As a result, 
its investment in joint venture has been classifi ed as held for sale as at December 31, 2013. A net loss of $5.5 million (including $2.7 million of income 
tax expense and $1.9 million in non-controlling interest expense) was recorded related to expected proceeds from the sale of Socotherm Brasil.

In 2014, the Company completed the sales of APCO and Socotherm Brasil to its joint venture partners. 

The following table shows the major classes of assets and liabilities classifi ed as held for sale as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Cash 
Accounts receivables 
Prepaid expenses 
Inventory 
Income taxes receivable 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Investments in joint venture 
Deferred tax assets 
Goodwill 
Assets classifi ed as held for sale 
Liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Income taxes payable 
Provisions  
Deferred income tax liability 
Liabilities directly associated with assets classifi ed as held for sale 
Net assets directly associated with disposal groups 

NOTE 20.  CREDIT FACILITIES 

The following table sets forth the Company’s total credit facilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds (note 28)   
Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 
Unutilized Credit Facilities 

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

8,036
9,031
1,040
3,177
40
1,968
16,530
9,428
12
6,924

56,186

(5,061)
–
(5,712)
(1,129)
(4,715)

(16,617)

$ 

39,569

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

4,685 
137,667 
142,352 
523,305 

$ 

5,229
106,206

111,435
320,910

$ 

380,953 

$ 

209,475

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of fi ve years, with terms 
and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from US$150 million to 
US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million with the consent of lenders. On June 16, 2014, the option to increase the 
credit limit to US$400 million was exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase the credit limit to US$550 million with the 
consent of the lenders was added. The Company pays a fl oating interest rate on this credit facility that is a function of the Company’s total debt to 
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. Allowable credit utilization outside of this facility is US$50 million.

Debt Covenants
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of the Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility. Specifi cally, the Company is 
required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (EBITDA plus rental payments divided by interest expense plus rental payments) of more than 2.50 to 
1 and a debt to total EBITDA ratio of less than 3.00 to 1. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s accounts payables and accrued liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accounts payables 
Accrued liabilities 

NOTE 22.  PROVISIONS

The following table sets forth the Company’s provisions as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2012 
Provision adjustments 
Acquisition 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Loss on settlement 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Provision adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Gain on settlement 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

December 31, 2012 
Current  
Non-current 

December 31, 2013 
Current 
Non-current 

December 31, 2014 
Current 
Non-current 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

89,077 
163,366 
252,443 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

91,215
139,759

230,974

Total

52,309
10,512
245
(12,424)
357
2,552
66

53,617
15,197
(17,039)
503
1,084
(1,038)

  Decommissioning 
Liabilities 

Warranties 

Other 
Provisions 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

21,414 
(1,401) 
245 
(817) 
357 
787 
66 

20,651 
2,911 
(215) 
477 
391 
(77) 

$ 

$ 

4,247 
4,833 
– 
(2,767) 
– 
71 
– 

6,384 
2,142 
(4,331) 
– 
260 
– 

26,648 
7,080 
– 
(8,840) 
– 
1,694 
– 

26,582 
10,144 
(12,493) 
26 
433 
(961) 

$ 

24,138 

$ 

4,455 

$ 

23,731 

$ 

52,324

  Decommissioning 
Liabilities 

Warranties 

Other 
Provisions 

$ 

$ 

3,155 
18,259 

21,414 

3,412 
17,239 

20,651 

3,627 
20,511 

$ 

$ 

$ 

24,138 

$ 

4,247 
– 

4,247 

6,384 
– 

6,384 

4,455 
– 

4,455 

$ 

$ 

9,426 
17,222 

26,648 

6,175 
20,407 

26,582 

6,892 
16,839 

$ 

$ 

$ 

23,731 

$ 

Total

16,828
35,481

52,309

15,971
37,646

53,617

14,974
37,350

52,324

Decommissioning Liabilities
The total undiscounted cash fl ows estimated to settle all decommissioning liabilities is $42.0 million as at December 31, 2014. The current pre-tax 
risk-free rates at which the estimated cash fl ows have been discounted range between 0.45% and 9.95%. Settlement for all decommissioning liabilities 
is expected to be funded by future cash fl ows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outfl ows on the next fi ve years and thereafter for decommissioning liability remediation.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
More than fi ve years 

December 31
2014

$ 

$ 

3,627
4,573
907
4,464
1,165
27,232

41,968

Warranties
Project specifi c warranties are provided by various divisions in the normal course of business that are usually valid for a term of less than one year. 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Other Provisions
The other provisions are comprised of current and non-current employee related provisions (required by local law in international jurisdictions), 
provisions for lawsuits and other accrued liabilities related to operations for which there is a higher degree of uncertainty with respect to either the 
amount or timing of the underlying payment. 

NOTE 23.  OTHER LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s other liabilities as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2012 
Adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Balance – December 31, 2013 
Adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Balance – December 31, 2014 

December 31, 2012 
Current  
Non-current 

December 31, 2013 
Current 
Non-current 

December 31, 2014 
Current 
Non-current 

  Deferred Purchase 
Consideration 

Incentive-based 
Compensation 
(note 30) 

Loans payable 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

19,374 
– 
– 
697 
1,547 

21,618 
1,236 
(18,830) 
849 

$ 

$ 

17,705 
20,422 
(4,721) 
– 
530 

33,936 
11,313 
(8,629) 
1,112 

$ 

$ 

287 
– 
(121) 
– 
21 

187 
– 
(65) 
(1) 

Total

37,366
20,422
(4,842)
697
2,098

55,741
12,549
(27,524)
1,960

$ 

4,873 

$ 

37,732 

$ 

121 

$ 

42,726

19,374 
– 

19,374 

21,618 
– 

21,618 

4,873 
– 

4,873 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12,605 
5,100 

17,705 

12,173 
21,763 

33,936 

19,897 
17,835 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

67 
220 

287 

61 
126 

187 

58 
63 

$ 

37,732 

$ 

121 

$ 

32,046
5,320

37,366

33,852
21,889

55,741

24,828
17,898

42,726

NOTE 24.  LONG-TERM DEBT

On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (CDN$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) to institutional investors as follows:

(i)  

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 2.98% Senior Notes, Series A, 
due March 31, 2020 (the “Series A Notes”);

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 3.67% Senior Notes, Series B, 
due March 31, 2023 (the “Series B Notes”);

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 3.82% Senior Notes, Series C, 
due March 31, 2025 (the “Series C Notes”);

 US$50 million (CDN$51.2 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 4.07% Senior Notes, Series D, 
due March 31, 2028 (the “Series D Notes”; and together with the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, collectively, the 
“Senior Notes”).

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2014 is $406.9 million (US$350.0 million) {December 31, 2013 – $374.4 million (US$350.0 
million)}. The long-term debt has been designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiary as 
described in note 26. 

The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of the long-term debt that are consistent with the debt covenants described in 
note 20 for the Company’s Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility. 

The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 25.  EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS

The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t and defi ned contribution arrangements. The defi ned 
benefi t pension plans are in Canada, the U.K. and Norway and include both fl at-dollar plans for hourly employees and fi nal earnings plans for salaried 
employees. The Company also provides a post-employment life insurance benefi t to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefi t to its hourly 
and salaried employees in Indonesia.

The Company’s funding policy for the Canadian registered pension plans is to fund in accordance with the requirements of applicable pension 
legislation. The determination of the required funding is made on the basis of periodic actuarial valuations as required under applicable pension 
legislation. The Company is responsible for the governance of the pension plans, including overseeing investment decisions. The Company has also 
appointed experienced independent professional experts such as investment managers, actuaries and consultants to assist in the management of 
the pension plans.

By their nature, defi ned benefi t pension plans carry many types of fi nancial risk. The main fi nancial risks faced by the Company’s pension plans can be 
summarized as follows: 

•  Longevity risk: the risk that retirees will, on average, collect a pension for a longer period of time than expected based on the mortality assumption. 

• 

• 

 Investment risk: the risk that the invested assets of the plan will not yield the assumed rate of return, resulting in insuffi  cient assets to provide for 
the benefi ts promised and / or requiring the Company to make additional contributions to fund the defi cit. 

 Interest rate risk: the risk from changing market interest rates. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. This risk is greater 
to the extent that there is a mismatch between the characteristics of the assets and liabilities. 

• 

 Regulatory/legal risk: the risk of regulatory/jurisprudence changes that can alter the benefi ts promised. 

The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defi ned benefi t pension plans, the post-retirement insurance plans and the post-
employment benefi t plan during 2014 were $4.9 million (2013 – $5.7 million). The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defi ned 
contribution pension arrangements during 2014 were $5.4 million (2013 – $6.7 million). 

The Company measures the fair value of assets and the defi ned benefi t obligation as at December 31. Actuarial valuations for the Company’s 
registered defi ned benefi t pension plans and the Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for Executives of ShawCor Ltd. arrangement 
are generally required at least every three years. The most recent actuarial valuations of the plans were conducted as at August 1, 2013 (one plan), 
December 31, 2013 (four plans), January 1, 2014 (two plans) and August 1, 2014 (one plan).

The employee future benefi t amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accrued employee future benefi t asset 
Pension plans (note 16) 

Accrued employee future benefi t liability 
Pension plans 
Post-employment benefi ts 
Post-retirement life insurance 

Net accrued employee future benefi t liability 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,694 
7,694 

8,030

8,030

(23,776) 
(2,124) 
(108) 
(26,008) 
(18,314) 

$ 

(23,648)
(1,930)
(100)

(25,678)

(17,648)

The following was the composition of plan assets at the balance sheet dates, for the Canadian registered defi ned benefi t pension plans:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Investments quoted in active markets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 
Debt instruments 

The following was the composition of invested plan assets at the balance sheet dates for the SERP plan(a):

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Investments quoted in active markets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 

(a)  The amounts in the above table exclude amounts sitting in the refundable tax account held by the CRA.

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

5% 
64% 
31% 
100% 

4%
66%
30%

100%

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

– 
100% 
100% 

–
100%

100%

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Actual Return on Plan Assets
The actual return on plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $11.1 million and $15.1 million, respectively.

Employee Future Benefi t Cost
The employee future benefi t cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current service costs 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefi ts 
Interest cost on defi ned benefi t obligation 
Interest income on plan assets 

Impact of asset ceiling / minimum funding requirement 
Defi ned benefi t cost recognized 
Defi ned contribution cost recognized 
Employee future benefi t cost recognized(a) 

(a)  The total amount is included in the consolidated statements of income as selling, general and administrative expenses.

The employee future benefi t cost (income) recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Valuation eff ect 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Net actuarial losses (gains) recognized in the year  
Other changes in asset ceiling / minimum funding requirement not included in net interest  
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 
Employee future benefi t cost (income) recognized in OCI 

Changes in the defi ned benefi t obligation are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Valuation eff ect 
Employer current service cost 
Net interest cost 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefi ts 
Benefi t payments 
Actuarial losses due to changes in demographic assumptions 
Actuarial losses (gains) due to changes in economic assumptions 
Experience gains 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Balance – End of year 

Changes in the fair value of the plan assets are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Valuation eff ect 
Employer contributions 
Employee contributions 
Settlements 
Benefi t payments 
Interest income on plan assets 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Balance – End of year 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

3,856 
254 
5,434 
(4,996) 
4,548 
368 
4,916 
5,442 
10,358 

$ 

$ 

4,274
4,833
4,755
(3,630)

10,232
104

10,336
6,746

17,082

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

29 
(6,095) 
12,395 
(5,619) 
(77) 

$ 

633 

$ 

(202)
(11,443)
(9,311)
4,938
(293)

(16,311)

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

116,569 
– 
3,856 
5,434 
254 
(4,872) 
627 
12,806 
(1,038) 
(441) 
133,195 

$ 

116,178
–
4,274
4,755
4,833
(4,392)
3,950
(11,436)
(1,825)
232

$ 

116,569

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

106,644 
(29) 
4,883 
– 
– 
(4,872) 
4,996 
6,095 
(265) 
117,452 

$ 

89,262
202
5,654
–
–
(4,392)
3,630
11,443
845

$ 

106,644

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts for the current and previous period are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Defi ned benefi t obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 
Net liability before impact of asset ceiling / minimum funding requirement 
Impact of asset ceiling / minimum funding requirement 
Net employee future benefi t liability  

The following are the principal assumptions for the actuarial valuation of the plans as at December 31:

Canada  
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality(a) 

  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Norway  
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 
  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

United Kingdom 
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality  

  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Indonesia 
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

133,195 
117,452 
15,743 
2,571 
18,314 

$ 

116,569
106,644

9,925
7,723

$ 

17,648

2014 

2013

3.90% 
3.50% 
n/a 
  CPM 2014  
  Private with  
  scale CPM-B 

4.70%
4.00%
n/a
UP94
  Generational

4.70% 
4.00% 

2.30% 
2.75% 
0.00% 
K2013 

4.10% 
3.75% 

4.00%
4.00%

4.10%
3.75%
0.90%
K2013

3.90%
3.50%

3.70% 
n/a 
2.30% 
S1PA 
(projected) 

4.70%
n/a
2.70%
S1PA  
(projected)

4.70% 
n/a 

4.40%
n/a

8.40% 

8.80%
 10.00% (local),  10.00% (local), 
  6.00% (expat)
6.00% (expat) 
n/a 
n/a
Indonesia’s 
CSO80
Table 2011

8.80% 

6.00%
 10.00% (local),  10.00% (local), 
 6.00% (expat)
6.00% (expat) 

(a)   In light of results of a Canadian pension mortality experience study conducted by the Canadian Institute of Actuaries in 2013 indicating improved pensioner mortality not refl ected in the above 
table for the 2013, the defi ned benefi t obligation as at December 31, 2013 for the Canadian pension plans was increased by 3.5%; the 2014 assumptions include the results of this study, and no 
similar fi nal adjustment was made to the defi ned benefi t obligation as at December 31, 2014.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Sensitivity Analysis
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for signifi cant assumptions as at December 31, 2014 is as shown below:

Signifi cant Assumptions 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Discount rate 
  Decrease of 50bp 
Increase of 50bp 
Future salary increase 
  Decrease of 50bp 
Increase of 50bp 

Mortality Assumption – Impact of Life Expectancy being 1 year longer 

Impact of Sensitivity Analysis on
Defi ned Benefi t Obligation

Change 

% Change

10,894 
(9,725) 

(2,819) 
3,009 
2,577 

8.2%
(7.3%)

(2.1%)
2.3%
1.9%

The sensitivity analysis noted above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on defi ned benefi t obligation as a result of 
reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring as at December 31, 2014. 

Other Information
The Company expects to contribute $4.9 million to its defi ned benefi t plans for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The average duration of the defi ned benefi t obligation plans as at December 31, 2014 is 16 years.

NOTE 26.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has classifi ed its fi nancial instruments as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Loans and receivables, measured at amortized cost 
Loans receivable 
Trade accounts receivable, net 
Held-to-maturity 
Short-term investments 
Fair value through profi t or loss 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative fi nancial instruments – assets 
Derivative fi nancial instruments – liabilities 
Available-for-sale 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 
Other fi nancial liabilities, measured at amortized cost
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable  
Accounts payable  
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

7,021 
327,474 

$ 

9,242
237,880

550 

116,556 
5,578 
794 

10,000 
893 

4,685 
121 
89,077 
4,873 
406,926 

$ 

6,618

79,395
624
1,632

–
81

5,229
187
91,215
21,618
374,381

$ 

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value – Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those which refl ect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs 
refl ects the Company’s assumptions with respect to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to measure fair 
value fall into the following three diff erent levels of the fair value hierarchy:

•  Level 1  Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

• 

 Level 2  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 
corroborated by observable market data.

•  Level 3  Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more signifi cant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the fair value hierarchy levels for the fi nancial assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

116,556 
550 
5,578 
10,000 
893 

133,577 

4,685 
4,873 
406,926 
794 

$ 

417,278 

$ 

116,556 
550 
– 
– 
– 

117,106 

4,685 
– 
– 
– 

4,685 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
5,578 
– 
893 

6,471 

– 
4,873 
406,926 
794 

$ 

412,593 

$ 

–
–
–
10,000
–

10,000

–
–
–
–

–

The derivative fi nancial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are valued 
by comparing the rates at the time the derivatives are acquired to the period-end rates quoted in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of fi nancial risks including market risk (including foreign exchange and interest rate risk), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of fi nancial markets and seeks to minimize 
potential adverse eff ects on the Company’s fi nancial position and fi nancial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of Company 
management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly reported to the Board of Directors.

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments in 
these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and non-operating expenses are based in foreign currencies. As a result, the Company’s 
consolidated revenue, expenses and fi nancial position may be impacted by fl uctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign currency items are 
translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2014, fl uctuations of +/– 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those foreign currencies, would 
impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) for the year 
then ended by approximately $61.7 million, $8.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively, prior to hedging activities. In addition, such fl uctuations 
would impact the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities and consolidated total equity by $76.3 million, $20.0 million 
and $56.3 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the Company’s 
foreign currency-denominated cash streams and the resulting variability of the Company’s earnings. The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward 
contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for speculative purposes. With the 
exception of the Company’s U.S. dollar based operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes fi nancial instruments to manage the risk associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally documents all 
relationships between hedging instruments and the hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various 
hedge transactions. 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange contracts, the average contractual exchange rates and the 
settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian dollars sold for US dollars   
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

US dollars sold for Canadian dollars   
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

US dollars sold for Malaysian Ringgits 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

Euros sold for US dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

British pounds sold for US dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

Norwegian Kroners sold for US dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

Australian dollars sold for US dollars  
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

Malaysian ringgits sold for US dollars
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

 CAD$14,025
1.13

  US$13,200
1.11

  US$2,800
3.50

€44,020
1.31

£3,430
1.57

 NOK 112,697
0.13

  AUD$1,554
0.85

  MYR 32,500
0.28

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2014, the Company had notional amounts of $130.9 million of forward contracts outstanding (2013 – $115.2 million) with the fair 
value of the Company’s net gain from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $4.7 million (2013 – $1.0 million net benefi t).

Net Investment Hedge
The Senior Notes have been designated as a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, which has the U.S. dollar as its 
functional currency. During the year ended December 31, 2014, a loss of $32.5 million on the translation of the Senior Notes was transferred to other 
comprehensive income to off set the losses on translation of the net investment in the subsidiary. There was no ineff ectiveness of this hedge for the 
year ended December 31, 2014.

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial assets 
Cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 

Financial liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Long term debt 

Non-interest 
Bearing 

Floating Rate 

Fixed 
Interest Rate 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
550 
215 
10,000 

10,765 

– 
121 
– 

121 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
4,434 
– 

4,434 

4,685 
– 
– 

4,685 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,104 
– 
2,372 
– 

6,476 

– 
– 
406,926 

Total

4,104
550
7,021
10,000

21,675

4,685
121
406,926

$ 

406,926 

$ 

411,732

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its fl oating rate bank indebtedness and long-term notes receivable and is not currently 
considered to be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, forward foreign exchange contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the fi nancial instruments.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The objective of managing counterparty credit risk is to prevent losses in fi nancial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the global energy industry and are therefore aff ected to a large extent by the same 
macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages this credit risk by assessing the credit quality of all counterparties, taking into account 
their fi nancial position, past experience and other factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits of counterparties and 
monitors utilization of those credit limits on an ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company had no customer who generated revenue greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there was one customer who generated approximately 22% of total consolidated revenue. This revenue 
resulted primarily from a single contract for which a substantial upfront payment was received in 2012 and which was recorded as deferred revenue 
at that time. 

The carrying value of accounts receivable are reduced through the use of an allowance for doubtful accounts and the amount of the loss is recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance is considered to 
be uncollectible, it is written off  against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off  are credited 
against selling, general and administrative expenses. As at December 31, 2014, $28.1 million, or 8.3%, of trade accounts receivable, were more than 
90 days overdue, which is consistent with prior period aging analysis. The Company expects to receive full payment on accounts receivables that are 
neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Bad debt expense 
Acquisition 
Recovery of previously written-off  bad debts 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 
Balance – End of year 

2014 

11,732 
748 
693 
(156) 
(501) 
12,516 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013

9,409
3,016
–
(24)
(669)

$ 

11,732

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain suffi  cient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity requirements 
at any point in time. The Company achieves this by maintaining suffi  cient cash and cash equivalents and through the availability of funding from 
committed credit facilities. As at December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling $116.6 million (2013 – $79.4 million) 
and had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $381.0 million (2013 – $209.5 million). 

The following are the contractual maturities of the Company’s purchase commitments and fi nancial liabilities as at December 31, 2014:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under fi nance lease 
Operating leases 

Less than 1 year 

1 – 3 years 

3 – 5 years 

Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

71,363 
4,685 
58 
89,077 
4,873 
– 
13,835 
1,891 
20,711 

$ 

– 
– 
63 
– 
– 
– 
27,670 
2,735 
24,340 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
27,670 
2,672 
10,787 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
406,926 
72,076 
11,640 
9,969 

$ 

Total

71,363
4,685
121
89,077
4,873
406,926
141,251
18,938
65,807

$ 

206,493 

$ 

54,808 

$ 

41,129 

$ 

500,611 

$ 

803,041

NOTE 27.  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Company defi nes capital that it manages as the aggregate of its equity and interest bearing liabilities. The Company’s objectives when managing 
capital are to ensure that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern and continue to provide products and services to its customers, 
preserve its ability to fi nance expansion opportunities as they arise, and provide returns to its shareholders.

The following table sets forth the Company’s total managed capital as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under fi nance lease 
Equity 

December 31 
2014 

$ 

4,685 
121 
406,926 
13,495 
980,613 
$  1,405,840 

December 31
2013

$ 

5,229
187
374,381
14,314
658,581

$  1,052,692

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the 
underlying assets and business investment opportunities. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may attempt to issue or re-acquire 
shares, acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash, cash equivalents, bank indebtedness or long-term debt balances. The Company’s 
capital is not subject to any capital requirements imposed by any regulators; however, it is limited by the terms of its credit facility and long-term debt 
agreements. Specifi cally, the Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility and 
Senior Notes. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2014.

NOTE 28.  LEASES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a)  Operating Leases
The Company has entered into various commercial leases for motor vehicles, machinery, equipment, and manufacturing sites. These leases have a life 
of one to sixteen years with no renewal options. 

The following table presents the future minimum rental payments payable under the operating leases as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than fi ve years 
More than fi ve years 

December 31
2014

$ 

$ 

20,711
35,127
9,969

65,807

The lease expenditure charged to the consolidated statements of income during the year is $32.2 million (December 31, 2013 – $25 million).

b)  Finance Leases
The Company has fi nance leases and purchase commitments in place for various items of plant and machinery. These leases have terms of renewal 
but no purchase options. Renewals are at the option of the specifi c entity that holds the lease. The following table presents the future minimum lease 
payments under fi nance leases with the present value of the net minimum lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than fi ve years 
After more than fi ve years 
Total minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts representing interest charges 
Present value of minimum lease payments 

December 31
2014

Present Value
of Payments

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,222
3,116
9,157

13,495
–

13,495

Minimum  
Payments 

1,891 
5,407 
11,640 

18,938 
(5,443) 

13,495 

$ 

$ 

$ 

c)  Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and other 
third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible to 
estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of such 
contingencies would not have a material adverse eff ect on the consolidated fi nancial position of the Company.

d)  Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds through fi nancial intermediaries to various customers in 
support of project contracts for the successful execution of these contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the contract, the 
customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The contracts that these 
performance bonds support generally have a term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds typically have a term of less 
than one year and are renewed, if required, over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has not made and does not anticipate 
that it will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company’s utilizes its credit facilities to support the Company’s bonds. The Company has utilized credit facilities of $142.4 million as at 
December 31, 2014 (December 31, 2013 – $111.4 million).

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 29.  SHARE CAPITAL

On March 20, 2013, the Company eliminated its dual class share structure pursuant to a shareholder and court approved Plan of Arrangement 
(the “Arrangement”) through the purchase of all of the Class A and Class B shares of the Company by a newly formed Canadian corporation. The 
Arrangement, a transaction with a related party, eliminated the Company’s dual-class share structure through:

•  The purchase of all of the issued and outstanding Class A shares in exchange for new common shares (“common shares”) on a 1:1 basis; and

• 

 The purchase of all of the issued and outstanding Class B shares in exchange for consideration of $43.43 in cash or 1.1 common shares per 
Class B share, such that 90% of the total consideration for the Class B shares was paid in cash and 10% was paid in common shares. All Class A and 
B shares were removed from the authorized capital of the Company.

Upon closing, the new corporation and the Company amalgamated, under the name ShawCor Ltd., with the common shares as its only class of share 
capital. Upon closing, a special dividend of $1.00 per share was declared on all outstanding common shares which were paid on April 19, 2013.

The Company recognized transaction costs charged directly to retained earnings of $553.2 million, which was comprised of the $498.8 million cash 
payment to the Class B shareholders and the issuance of 1,403,684 common shares to the Class B shareholders with a fair value of $55.4 million, 
partially off set by the book value of the Class B shares of $1.0 million.

In connection with the closing of the Arrangement, the employment terms of the Company’s Chair of the Board and indirect controlling shareholder, 
and of the Company’s Vice Chair of the Board, were amended to provide that their employment with the Company’s subsidiary would terminate and 
they would receive severance and other benefi ts of approximately $3.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Under the Arrangement, any stock option outstanding as at March 20, 2013, that had not been duly exercised prior to that date, whether vested or 
unvested, represents an option (a “New ShawCor Option”) to purchase the same number of common shares at the same exercise price. The exercise 
price, term to expiry, conditions to and manner of exercising, vesting schedule and all other terms and conditions of such New ShawCor Option 
remain unchanged from the previously issued options with respect to the Class A shares, and any document or agreement previously evidencing the 
original options is deemed to evidence such New ShawCor Options.

Any award granted under the employee share unit plan (“Company ESUP Award”) that had not been settled prior to March 20, 2013, whether vested 
or unvested, represents a grant (a “New ShawCor ESUP Award”) in respect of the same number of common shares as applied to the acquisition of 
Class A shares pursuant to the Company ESUP Award. All other terms and conditions of such New ShawCor ESUP Award remain unchanged from the 
previously issued Company ESUP Awards with respect to the Class A shares, and any document or agreement previously evidencing a Company ESUP 
Award is deemed to evidence such New ShawCor ESUP Award.

Any grant of deferred share units issued pursuant to the deferred share unit plan (“Company DSU Grant”) that had not been settled prior to 
March 20, 2013, represents a unit (a “New ShawCor DSU Grant”) in respect of the same number of common shares as applied to the acquisition of 
Class A shares pursuant to the Company DSU Grant. All other terms and conditions of such New ShawCor DSU Grant remain unchanged from the 
previously issued Company DSU Grants with respect to the Class A shares, and any document or agreement previously evidencing a Company DSU 
Grant is deemed to evidence such New ShawCor DSU Grant. 

On September 19, 2014, the Company issued 3,650,000 common shares at a price of $54.85 per share through a bought public off ering for gross 
proceeds of $200.2 million (the “Off ering”). On October 3, 2014, the syndicate of underwriters to the Off ering exercised their over-allotment option 
in full, which resulted in the Company issuing an additional 547,500 common shares of the Company at a price of $54.85 per common share, for 
additional gross proceeds of $30.0 million.

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s shares for the years ending December 31:

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Issued through public off ering (net of commissions and share issuance costs of $9.7 million) 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Issued on exercise of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) 
Balance, December 31, 2014 

Stated value: 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Issued through public off ering 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Balance, December 31, 2014 

Total

  59,991,202
4,197,500
303,450
1,697

  64,493,849

$ 

303,327
220,524
7,167
2,590
52

$ 

533,660

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Class A 

Class B 

Common 

Total

Number of Shares

Balance, December 31, 2012 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Issued on exercise of RSUs 
Purchase and cancellation of Class A shares 
Purchase and cancellation of Class B shares 
Balance, December 31, 2013 

Stated Value 
Balance, December 31, 2012 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Cancellation of Class A Shares 
Cancellation of Class B Shares 
Balance, December 31, 2013 

  57,491,070 
72,440 
200 
  (57,563,710) 
– 

  12,760,635 
– 
– 
– 
  (12,760,635) 

– 
1,023,220 
588 
  57,563,710 
1,403,684 

  70,251,705
1,095,660
788
–
  (11,356,951)

– 

– 

  59,991,202 

  59,991,202

$ 

$ 

220,706 
1,372 
531 
5 
(222,614) 
– 

$ 

981 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(981) 

– 
18,227 
7,048 
19 
222,614 
55,419 

$ 

221,687
19,599
7,579
24
–
54,438

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

303,327 

$ 

303,327

All shares have been issued and fully paid and have no par value. There are an unlimited number of common shares authorized. Holders of common 
shares are entitled to one vote per share.

Dividends declared and paid were as follows:

(Dollar amounts per share) 

New Common shares 
Class A 
Class B 

$ 

2014 

0.575 
– 
– 

$ 

2013

1.375
0.100
0.091

The dividends paid on the Class A and Class B shares were before the elimination of the dual class share structure under the Arrangement. 

NOTE 30.  SHARE-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE-BASED COMPENSATION

As at December 31, 2014, the Company had the following stock option plan, which was initiated in 2001:

Under the Company’s 2001 employee stock option plan (the “2001 Employee Plan”), which is a traditional stock option plan, the options granted have 
a term of approximately ten years from the date of the grant. Exercises of stock options are permitted on the basis of 20% of the optioned shares per 
year over fi ve years, on a cumulative basis, commencing one year following the date of the grant. The grant price equals the closing sale price of the 
common shares on the day prior to the grant.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved the amended 2001 Employee Plan (the “Amended 2001 Employee Plan”). All stock options granted in 2010, 
and certain options granted thereafter, under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have a tandem share appreciation right (“SAR”) attached, which 
allows the option holder to exercise either the option and receive a share, or exercise the SAR and receive a cash payment that is equivalent to 
the diff erence between the grant price and fair market value. All stock options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have the same 
characteristics as stock options that were granted under the original 2001 Employee Plan, with respect to vesting requirements, term, termination 
and other provisions. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plans and changes during the year is presented below:

Stock Options without Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

2014 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

$ 

$ 

$ 

29.20 
45.73 
23.63 
26.41 
– 
32.25 
26.73 

2013

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$ 

$ 

$ 

21.83
41.68
17.89
30.97
15.94

29.20

24.95

Total Shares 

2,106,140 
251,900 
(1,095,660) 
(6,000) 
(480) 

1,255,900 

716,244 

Total Shares 

  1,255,900 
86,500 
(303,450) 
(8,980) 
– 
  1,029,970 

594,706 

Balance outstanding – Beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 
Balance outstanding – End of year   
Options exercisable 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Range of Exercise Price 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$20.01 to $25.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

Range of Exercise Price 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$20.01 to $25.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2014 

181,850 
2,000 
228,960 
182,100 
102,260 
246,300 
86,500 
  1,029,970 

Options Outstanding 

December 31, 2014

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2014 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

3.89 
3.98 
2.53 
6.98 
5.98 
7.98 
8.98 

5.75 

$ 

$ 

15.55 
21.95 
27.70 
32.81 
37.32 
41.69 
45.73 

32.25 

$ 

181,850 
2,000 
228,960 
71,280 
61,356 
49,260 
– 

594,706 

$ 

15.55
21.95
27.70
32.81
37.32
41.69
–

26.73

December 31, 2013

Options Exercisable

Options Outstanding 

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2013 

302,020 
5,400 
400,920 
197,000 
102,260 
248,300 

1,255,900 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2013 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

4.58 
3.10 
3.58 
7.78 
6.99 
8.99 

5.83 

$ 

$ 

15.70 
21.22 
27.94 
32.76 
37.32 
41.68 

29.20 

$ 

223,620 
3,400 
400,920 
47,400 
40,904 
– 

716,244 

$ 

15.77
20.79
27.94
32.59
37.32
–

24.95

The Board of Directors approved the granting of 86,500 stock options (2013 – 251,900) during the year ended December 31, 2014 under the 2001 
Employee Plan. The total fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.1 million (2013 – $3.3 million) 
and was calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted average share price 
Exercise price 
Expected life of options 
Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

2014 

45.73 
45.73 
6.25 
32.00% 
1.20% 
2.00% 

2013

41.68
41.68
6.25
34.00%
0.90%
1.89%

The volatility measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns is based on the statistical analysis of daily share prices 
over the expected life of the options.

The fair value of options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan will be amortized to compensation expense over the fi ve-year vesting period 
of options. The compensation cost from the amortization of granted stock options for the year ended December 31, 2014, included in selling, general 
and administrative expenses, was $2.0 million (2013 – $1.9 million). 

Stock Options with Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance outstanding – Beginning of period 
Granted 
Exercised in cash 
Expired 
Balance outstanding – End of period 

Options exercisable 

2014 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value(a) 

11.16 
13.75 
– 
12.94 
11.55 

15.69 

Total Shares 

120,800 
21,600 
– 
(400) 

142,000 

77,260 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013

Weighted
Average
Fair Value(a)

12.56
13.35
14.01
–

11.16

15.09

Total Shares 

223,200 
32,300 
(134,700) 
– 

120,800 

53,100 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(a)  The weighted average fair value refers to the fair value of the underlying shares of the Company on the grant date of the SARs.

The mark-to-market liability for the stock options with SARs as at December 31, 2014 is $1.4 million (2013 – $1.3 million), all of which is included in 
current and non-current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved a new long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) for executives and key employees and a deferred share unit 
(“DSU”) plan for directors of the Company. Additional details with respect to the LTIP and DSU plan are as follows:

LTIP
The LTIP includes the existing stock option plan discussed above, the Value Growth Plan (“VGP”) and the Employee Share Unit Plan (“ESUP”).

VGP
The VGP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards executives and key employees for improving operating income and revenue over a three-year 
performance period. Units granted to participants vest at the end of the third year of the performance period for which they were granted. The value 
of units is determined based on the growth rate in operating revenue and income on a cumulative basis for the three consecutive years that comprise 
the performance period and is measured against the prior three-year baseline period. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period. All units granted under the VGP will be classifi ed as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they 
be settled in cash.

The VGP liability as at December 31, 2014 is $32.1 million (2013 – $27.2 million).

ESUP
The ESUP authorizes the Board to grant awards of RSUs and performance share units (“PSUs”) to employees of the Company as a form of incentive 
compensation. All RSUs and PSUs are to be settled with common shares and are valued on the basis of the underlying weighted average trading price 
of the common shares over the fi ve trading days preceding the grant date. The valuation is not subsequently adjusted for changes in the market price 
of the common shares prior to the settlement of the award. Each RSU and PSU granted under the ESUP represents one common share. The ESUP 
provides that the maximum number of common shares that are reserved for issuance from time to time shall be fi xed at 1,000,000 common shares. 
The RSUs vest in two tranches over a period of one to fi ve years and four to seven years, respectively and become payable once vesting is completed. 
Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period in accordance with IFRS. All RSUs and PSUs granted are classifi ed as equity instruments in 
accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in shares. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s RSU/PSUs reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance outstanding – Beginning of year  
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled 
Balance outstanding – End of year   

RSUs/PSUs exercisable 

2014 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

2013

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Total Shares 

Fair Value(a)(b) 

Total Shares 

Fair Value(a)

209,307 
74,438 
(1,697) 
(20,340) 

261,708 

57,799 

$ 

$ 

$ 

33.91 
43.96 
29.25 
35.31 
36.69 

30.80 

134,987 
80,998 
(788) 
(5,890) 

209,307 

29,594 

$ 

$ 

$ 

30.79
39.10
30.90
34.06

33.91

29.38

(a)  RSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the closing stock price on the reporting date.
(b) PSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the closing stock price on the reporting date.

DSU
Under the Company’s DSU plan, all directors (other than the President and Chief Executive Offi  cer) of the Company can elect to receive all or a 
portion of their compensation for services rendered as a director of the Company in share units or a combination of share units and cash. The number 
of DSUs received is equal to the dollar amount to be paid in DSUs divided by the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the fi ve 
days immediately preceding the date of the grant. DSUs are to be settled at the time that the director ceases to be a member of the Board and each 
DSU entitles the holder to receive one common share or the cash equivalent. DSUs vest immediately on the date of the grant. The value of a DSU and 
the related compensation expense is determined and recorded based on the current market price of the underlying common shares on the date of the 
grant. Common shares are purchased on the open market to settle outstanding share units. 

All DSUs granted will be classifi ed as liability instruments on the date of the grant in accordance with IFRS as the unitholder has the option to settle 
in cash or in shares.  

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s DSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance outstanding – Beginning of year  
Granted 
Exercised(b) 
Balance outstanding – End of year   

2014 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

2013

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Total Shares 

Fair Value(a) 

Total Shares 

Fair Value(a)

$ 

124,980 
26,120 
(51,425) 

99,675 

$ 

34.60 
48.84 
35.16 
38.04 

$ 

97,421 
38,299 
(10,740) 

124,980 

$ 

31.61
41.60
32.40

34.60

(a)  DSU awards do not have an exercise price; as a result grant date weighted average fair value has been calculated.
(b) DSU awards cannot be exercised while the director is still a member of the Board of Directors.

The mark-to-market liability for the DSUs as at December 31, 2014 is $4.2 million (2013 – $5.3 million), all of which is included in current and non-
current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Incentive-based Compensation
The following table sets forth the incentive-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Stock option expense 
VGP expense 
DSU expense 
RSU expense 
SAR expense 
Total share-based and other incentive-based compensation expense 

NOTE 31.  KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

2014 

1,956 
9,428 
1,737 
2,218 
148 
15,487 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013

1,885
17,469
1,899
1,286
1,055

23,594

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and corporate offi  cers. The compensation paid or payable to key management for 
employee and director services is shown below for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries and other short-term incentive compensation and employee benefi ts 
Post-employment benefi ts – Defi ned Benefi t Plans 
Share-based and other long-term incentive payments 
Director fees and other compensation 
Total 

NOTE 32.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

The following table sets forth the Company’s employee benefi ts expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries, wages and employee benefi ts 
Pension (note 25) 
Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 30) 
Total 

NOTE 33.  FINANCE COSTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s fi nance costs for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long term debt   
Finance costs – net 

2014 

3,714 
630 
5,271 
2,368 
11,983 

2014 

539,606 
10,680 
15,487 
565,773 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2013

9,050
6,394
5,874
6,591
27,909

2013

475,595
17,082
23,594

$ 

516,271

2014 

(1,229) 
6,210 
13,420 

$ 

18,401 

$ 

2013

(1,156)
5,949
10,119

14,912

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 34.  EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)

The following table details the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS for the years 
ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except share and per share amounts) 

Net income used to calculate EPS 
  Net income (attributable to the shareholders of the Company) 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic (000’s) 
Dilutive eff ect of stock options  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted (000’s) 
  Basic EPS 
  Diluted EPS 

NOTE 35. 

INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current Income Taxes 
Based on taxable income of current year 
Adjustment to prior year provision 

Deferred Income Taxes 
Reversal of temporary diff erences 

Total Income Tax Expense 

2014 

2013

94,861 
61,374 
445 
61,819 
1.55 
1.53 

$ 

219,862

61,972
674

62,646

3.55
3.51

$ 
$ 

2014 

2013

56,539 
1,901 
58,440 

(37,430) 
(37,430) 
21,010 

$ 

$ 

93,620
(259)
93,361

(14,959)
(14,959)
78,402

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

The following table sets forth the Company’s income taxes on items recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense on actuarial gain and losses on defi ned employee future benefi t plans   
Income Tax Expense (Recovery) Charged to Other Comprehensive Income 

2014 

(152) 

(152) 

$ 

$ 

2013

4,103

4,103

$ 

$ 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s eff ective income tax rate for the years ended December 31:

Expected income tax expense based on statutory rate    
Tax rate diff erential on earnings of foreign subsidiaries   
Benefi t of previously unrecognized tax losses 
Unrecognized tax losses of foreign subsidiaries 
Adjustment to prior year provision 
Other 
Eff ective Income Tax Rate 

2014 

26.5% 
(14.9%) 
(0.2%) 
1.1% 
1.7% 
4.0% 
18.2% 

2013

27.0%
(8.2%)
(0.6%)
4.5%
(0.1%)
3.4%

26.0%

The expected income tax rate is computed using average Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates based on an estimated allocation of net 
income before tax to the various provinces.

Recognized Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets  
Amortizable property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Non-capital losses 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Amortizable property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Net Deferred Income Tax Liability   

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

88

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

10,490 
40,154 
11,508 
62,152 

(39,926) 
(7,214) 
(47,140) 
 15,012 

$ 

$ 

17,953
18,984
11,543

48,480

(18,972)
(49,885)

(68,857)

(20,377)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred income tax assets 
Deferred income tax liabilities 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

39,019 
(24,007) 
15,012 

48,480
(68,857)

(20,377)

The Company has recorded deferred income tax assets of $11.5 million as at December 31, 2014 (December 31, 2013 – $11.5 million), pertaining to 
loss carryforwards based on management’s fi nancial projections and the relevant income tax legislation in each jurisdiction. 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets 
Amortizable property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Net operating losses 
Change in deferred income tax assets 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Amortizable property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Change in deferred income tax liabilities 
Change in Deferred Income Taxes 
Deferred income taxes in other comprehensive income  
Deferred income taxes acquired through acquisitions 
Deferred income taxes moved to assets held for sale 
Deferred Income Tax Recovery in Net Income 

December 31 
2014 

December 31
2013

$ 

$ 

7,463 
(21,170) 
35 
(13,672) 

20,954 
(42,671) 
(21,717) 
(35,389) 
152 
(2,193) 
– 

$ 

(37,430) 

$ 

(6,001)
(4,335)
(1,997)

(12,333)

4,368
3,010

7,378

(4,955)

(4,103)
(10,644)
4,743

(14,959)

The Company has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the 
Company’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, as the Company has determined that 
the undistributed profi ts of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The temporary diff erence associated with investments 
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, for which a deferred income tax liability has not been recognized, aggregates to $162.2 million and 
$189.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company has net operating losses of $131.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 (December 31, 2013 – $123.0 million), in various 
jurisdictions for which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These losses expire subsequent to the 2018 fi scal year. The Company has 
capital losses of $15.3 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in various jurisdictions for which no 
deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These capital losses carry forward indefi nitely.

NOTE 36.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

The Company completed the acquisition of Dhatec B.V. (“Dhatec”) on January 5, 2015. Dhatec is a Netherlands based company which designs, 
assembles and markets engineered pipe logistics products and services which mitigate damage and enhance safety and effi  ciency in the 
manufacturing, coating, handling, transportation, preservation and storage of pipe. Dhatec’s revenue in 2014 is approximately US$25 million. 

NOTE 37.  COMPARATIVE FIGURES

The comparative audited consolidated fi nancial statements have been reclassifi ed from consolidated fi nancial statements previously presented to 
conform to the presentation of the current year consolidated fi nancial statements in accordance with IFRS.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND
QUARTERLY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW  (UNAUDITED)

For the year ended December 31

(in thousands of Canadian dollars  
except per share information) 

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA(a) 
Net Income(b) 

2014 
IFRS 

2013 
IFRS 

2012 
IFRS(e) 

2011 
IFRS 

2010 
IFRS 

2009
CGAAP(f)

 1,890,029  
 336,701  
 94,861  

 1,847,549  
 391,223  
 219,862  

1,469,187  
 265,254  
 178,310  

 1,157,265 
 128,168  
 56,280  

 1,034,163  
 186,035  
 95,072  

1,183,978 
 254,143 
 131,450 

Cash Flow 
Cash from operating activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

 187,985  
 77,645  

 32,264  
76,729  

 530,512  
 73,505  

 45,325  
 55,982  

 53,244  
 48,723  

 299,333 
 34,358 

Financial Position 
Working capital(c) 
Long-term debt 
Equity 
Total assets 

Per Share Information 
(Common, Class A & Class B) 
Net income  
  Basic 
  Diluted 
Dividends 
  Common share 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Equity per share(d) 

QUARTERLY INFORMATION  (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share information) 

Revenue 

Net income(b) 

Net income per share (Common, Class A and Class B) 
Diluted 

 378,733  
 406,926  
 980,613  
 1,939,970  

 267,489  
 374,381  
 658,581  
 1,651,928  

 325,412  
– 
 988,667  
 1,888,873  

 287,142  
– 
 867,411  
 1,226,749  

 283,852  
 25,005  
 832,243  
 1,224,936  

 312,966 
 52,287 
 790,422 
 1,185,977 

 1.55  
 1.53  

 0.575  
– 
–  
 15.20  

2014 
2013 
2014 
2013 

2014 
2013 

 3.55  
 3.51  

 1.375  
 0.100  
 0.091  
 10.98  

 2.53  
 2.50  

 N/A  
 0.380  
 0.345  
 14.08  

 0.79  
 0.78  

 N/A  
 0.315  
 0.286  
 12.28  

 1.35  
 1.33  

 N/A  
 0.295  
 0.268  
 11.79  

 1.86 
 1.85 

 N/A 
 0.535 
 0.486 
 11.21 

First 

 479,082  
 454,681  
 61,947  
 70,595  

Second 

 441,386  
 457,261  
 47,949  
 53,914  

Third 

 469,597  
 525,848  
 5,617  
 72,956  

Fourth 

 499,964  
 409,759  
 (20,652) 
 22,397  

Total

 1,890,029 
 1,847,549 
 94,861 
 219,862 

 1.03  
 1.01  

 0.79  
 0.90  

 0.09  
 1.21  

 (0.32) 
 0.37  

 1.53 
 3.51

(a)   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure calculated by adding back to net income the sum of net fi nance costs, income taxes, depreciation/amortization of property, plant, equipment and 
intangible assets, gains/losses from assets held for sale, gain from sale of land, impairment of assets and joint ventures and non-controlling interest. EBITDA does not have a standardized 
meaning prescribed by GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several 
important analytical tools. 

(b)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company, excluding non-controlling interests.
(c)  Working capital has been calculated as current assets minus current liabilites.
(d)  Equity per share is non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing equity by the number of Common, Class A & Class B shares outstanding at the date of the balance sheet.
(e) Restated due to the adoption of certain new IFRS standards that became eff ective as at January 1, 2013, but were implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2012.
(f)  Restated due to adoption of CICA Handbook section 3064. 

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAWCOR
DIRECTORS

J.T. BALDWIN

London, England

Mr. Baldwin recently retired 
as the Vice President 
Communications & External 
Aff airs for the Southern 
Corridor for BP, a position he 
held since January 2014, and 
has been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since March 2010. 

D.S. BLACKWOOD

Houston, Texas

Mr. Blackwood recently 
retired as President 
(Americas), Wood Group 
PSN, a position he held since 
April 2011, and has been a 
Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since May 2011.

W.P. BUCKLEY

Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Buckley recently retired 
as the CEO of ShawCor Ltd., 
a position he held since 
June 2005, and has been a 
Director of the Company 
since August 2005.

J.W. DERRICK

Buff alo, New York

Mr. Derrick is Chief 
Executive Offi  cer of Derrick 
Corporation, a position he 
has held since 1992, and has 
been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since August 2007.

K.J. FORBES

West Sussex, England

Mr. Forbes is a partner in 
Epi-V LLP, a position he has 
held since September 2009, 
and has been a Director of 
ShawCor Ltd. since May 2014.

D.H. FREEMAN

Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Freeman is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant 
and from 1983 to 2011 was a 
partner at KPMG LLP. He has 
been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since October 2011.

S.M. ORR

Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Orr is CEO of ShawCor Ltd., 
a position he has held since 
May 2014, and has been a 
Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since May 2014. 

J.F. PETCH Q.C.

Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Petch is Chair of the 
University of Toronto Asset 
Management Corporation 
and Chair Emeritus of the 
University's Governing 
Council and has been a 
Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since March 2005.

P.S. PIERCE

Houston, Texas

Ms. Pierce is the Executive 
Vice President of and 
a partner in Ztown 
Investments, a position she 
has held since 2005, and has 
been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since June 2014.

P.G. ROBINSON

Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Robinson is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
President and Chief Executive 
Offi  cer of Litens Automotive 
Group, a position he has held 
since August 2013, and has 
been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since August 2001.

E.C. VALIQUETTE

Pembroke, Ontario

Ms. Valiquette is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant 
and a former Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial 
Offi  cer of ING Canada Inc. 
and has been a Director 
of ShawCor Ltd. since 
March 2005.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

91

 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and management of the Company 
recognize that eff ective governance is central to the prudent direction 
and operation of the Company in a manner that ultimately enhances 
shareholder value. The following discussion outlines the Company’s 
system of corporate governance.

The business and aff airs of the Company are managed under the 
supervision of the Board. Broadly, the Board approves overall corporate 
strategy and assesses management’s implementation of agreed strategies, 
and reviews the results achieved. The Board’s role consists of the approval 
of strategic plans, the review of corporate risks identifi ed by management 
and monitoring the Company’s practices and policies for dealing with 
these risks, management succession planning, the monitoring of business 
practices and the assessment of the integrity of the Company’s internal 
controls and information and governance systems.

The Board oversees the Company’s strategic planning process, reviews 
and approves strategies, and assesses management’s success in 
implementing the strategies. This is done regularly and through annual 
special purpose Board meetings held each year to review and approve 
the Company’s strategic and annual business plan. The strategic plan 
is updated each year so that it always projects the next three-year 
period. Management reports to the Board quarterly, highlighting and 
commenting upon divisional performance compared with annual 
business plan forecasts and prior year results. As part of the strategic 
plan review process, the Board identifi es and evaluates the principal 
opportunities and risks of the Company’s businesses, and seeks to 
ensure that management puts in place appropriate systems to manage 
the principal risks. The Board also receives, reviews and discusses a 
quarterly risk management report from management which identifi es 
the key risks facing the Company, their potential impact on operating 
income and mitigation actions which are being taken. In addition, 
the Audit Committee regularly reviews fi nancial and health, safety 
and environmental (“HSE”) risk issues and the Compensation and 
Organizational Development Committee reviews compensation related 
risk issues on an annual basis. A discussion of the key risks facing the 
Company is set out in the Company’s Annual Information Form for the 
year ended December 31, 2014 and in the Management Discussion and 
Analysis accompanying the Company’s consolidated fi nancial statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, both of which are fi led 
on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

The corporate governance practices and policies of the Company have 
been developed under the general stewardship of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee. The Committee believes that the corporate 
governance practices of the Company are appropriate for the Company. 

As a result of evolving laws, policies and practices, the Nominating and 
Governance Committee regularly reviews the corporate governance 
practices and policies of the Company in order to facilitate compliance 
with applicable requirements and implements best practices appropriate 
to its operations. In recent years, the following steps have been taken 
by the Company as part of the ongoing process of enhancing its 
corporate governance:

• 

 instituted and updated mandatory share ownership guidelines for all 
Directors, the Chief Executive Offi  cer and other designated executives;

•  reviewed and revised the mandate of the Board of Directors;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 reviewed and revised the charters for the Audit, Compensation 
and Organizational Development, and Nominating and 
Governance Committees and appointed only independent 
directors to these Committees;

 completed evaluations of the Board’s performance as well 
as individual director peer performance reviews and developed 
a new Board/Committee/Director performance assessment process 
and form;

 developed a new Board experience/skills matrix;

 reviewed and updated the Company’s Code of Conduct for directors, 
offi  cers and employees, a copy of which may be found on SEDAR 
(www.sedar.com);

 instituted a whistleblower hotline to assist employees in reporting 
suspected violations of the Code of Conduct;

 instituted a majority voting policy for directors and an “advance-
notice” by-law;

 instituted a DSU plan for directors and terminated the directors’ 
stock option plan;

 reviewed and updated the Company’s Confi dentiality, Insider 
Trading and Disclosure policies;

 eliminated the Company’s dual class share structure through a 
shareholder and court approved plan of arrangement (this included 
an amalgamation and some associated changes in 2013 to the 
Company’s articles and by-laws, which can be found on SEDAR, 
including an advance notice by-law);

 developed a new director retirement policy, new Board and Senior 
Management Diversity policies and an Executive Compensation 
Clawback policy; and

 enhanced Board continuing education by enrolling two directors in 
the Director Education Program off ered by the Institute of Corporate 
Directors (the “ICD”) and enrolling all directors as members of the ICD.

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

92

 
PRIMARY OPERATING
LOCATIONS

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES 

BREDERO SHAW 

ShawCor Pipe Protection
3838 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. E.
Suite 300
Houston, Texas  77032

T:  281 886 2350
F:  281 886 2351

Shaw Pipe Protection
3200, 450 1st Street S.W.
Calgary, Alberta  T2P 5H1

T:  403 263 2255
F:  403 264 3649

SOCOTHERM 

SHAW PIPELINE SERVICES

Bredero Shaw International B.V. 
Dellaertweg 9-E, Gebouw 
“Le Carrefour”
2316 WZ Leiden
The Netherlands

T:  +31 71 80 802 70
F:  +31 71 80 802 71

Bredero Shaw
#17-01/02 United Square
101 Thomson Road
Singapore 307591

T:  65 6732 2355
F:  65 6732 9073

Viale Risorgimento 62 
45011 Adria (RO) Italy 

T:  39 0426 941000 
F:  39 0426 901055 

CANUSA-CPS

25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111
F:  416 743 5927 

FLEXPIPE SYSTEMS

3501 54th Avenue S.E.
Calgary, Alberta  T2C 0A9

T:  403 503 0548
F:  403 503 0547

4250 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. E.
Suite 180
Houston, Texas  77032

T:  832 601 0850
F:  281 442 1593 

GUARDIAN

950 – 78th Avenue
Edmonton, Alberta  T6P 1L7

T:  780 440 1444
F:  780 440 4261

DESERT NDT

4250 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. E.
Suite 180
Houston, Texas 77032

T:  713 568 3513
F:   832 460 5205

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

DSG-CANUSA

SHAWFLEX

25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111
F:  416 743 7752

T:  416 743 7111
F:  416 743 2565

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
4

93

 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

CORPORATE
INFORMATION

M.L. GARCES

Vice President
ShawCor Manufacturing System
ShawCor Ltd.

D.R. GIBB

Vice President
Information Technology
ShawCor Ltd.

T.L. HUTZUL

Vice President, Legal
ShawCor Ltd.

G.G. PASSLER

Vice President
QHSE
ShawCor Ltd.

CORPORATE OFFICERS

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

J.F. PETCH

Chair of the Board

S.M. ORR

President & CEO

G.S. LOVE

Vice President, Finance and 
Chief Financial Offi  cer

D.R. EWERT

Vice President, Corporate Aff airs 
and Secretary

J.D. TIKKANEN

Executive Vice President
Strategic Planning 
ShawCor Ltd. 

M.J. SIMMONS

President
Integrity Management

D.L. BROUSSARD

President
Flexpipe Systems

H.A.A.M. TAUSCH

President
Bredero Shaw

T. ANDERSON

Senior Vice President 
Western Hemisphere 
Bredero Shaw

K.D. REIZER

Senior Vice President
Eastern Hemisphere
Bredero Shaw

J.A. TABAK

President
Connectivity

F. CISTRONE

Vice President and 
General Manager
Guardian

J.R. BRONSON

Vice President and
General Manager
Canusa-CPS

R.J. DUNN

Vice President
Research & Development
ShawCor Ltd.

P.A. PIERROZ

Vice President
Human Resources
ShawCor Ltd.

N. YOUNG

Vice President
Operations
ShawCor Ltd.

CORPORATE ADDRESS, STOCK INFORMATION AND ANNUAL MEETING

TRANSFER AGENT 
AND REGISTRAR

CST Trust Company
P.O. Box 700, Station B
Montreal, Quebec
Canada  H3B 3K3
T:  800 387 0825
   416 682 3860
F:  800 249 6189
E-mail: inquiries@canstockta.com

AUDITORS

Ernst & Young LLP

STOCK LISTING

The Toronto Stock Exchange 
Common Shares 
Trading Symbol: SCL

ANNUAL MEETING

Tuesday, May 12, 2015
4:00 p.m.
Glenn Gould Studio
Toronto, Ontario
Canada

www.shawcor.com

HEAD OFFICE

25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario
Canada  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111
F:  416 743 7199

S
H
A
W
C
O
R

L
T
D

.

94

 
a
d
a
n
a
C
n

i

d
e
t
n

i
r
P

m
o
c
.
b

i
a
r
c
.
w
w
w

s
n
o

i
t
a
c
i

n
u
m
m
o
C
&
n
g

i
s
e
D
b

i
a
r
C

:

n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WHY 
SHAWCOR?

STRONG INDUSTRY FUNDAMENTALS

Long-term energy demand and rapid depletion of existing reserves will drive continued 
investment in new energy infrastructure.

UNRIVALLED GLOBAL NETWORK
More than 105 manufacturing and service facilities in 20 countries give ShawCor 
unrivalled proximity to every major energy-producing region.

TECHNOLOGICAL LEADERSHIP

Industry-leading research and product development capabilities are helping global 
clients overcome the technological barriers on new energy frontiers.

SUPERIOR EXECUTION

The industry’s most advanced management system helps us execute the most complex 
and demanding projects safely, on time and on budget.

BROAD PRODUCT OFFERING

We provide a growing range of end-to-end product and service solutions in all major 
energy segments including deepwater, shale plays, LNG and pipeline rehabilitation.

STRONG FOUNDATIONS

ShawCor’s scale and fi nancial strength give it unequalled capability to ensure supply 
for the world’s largest energy infrastructure projects.

PROVEN PERFORMANCE

In the past 20 years, ShawCor’s common shares have delivered a total return to 
shareholders of 1,106%, equivalent to a compound annual return of 13.3%.

INTEGRATED GROWTH STRATEGY 

We are creating a fully integrated energy services company with a leadership position 
in fi ve major platforms for growth.